Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

 

 

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

 Your Results - you searched for the keyword Thalamo-Cortical Systems 205 Results    

1. [Chang Sue-Hwang, & Lin C.-P.]. （2004年9月）. 從快速眼動到EM在EMDR的：跳視眼球運動和變化的語義關係的強度 [From REM to EM in EMDR: Saccadic eye movements and change of strength of semantic associations]. 在提交的文件 第43次年度會議在台灣心理學會，研討會 焦慮症：心理素質，調解員和治療問題。政大 大學，台北，台灣，9月26日。 （國科會92 -2815- C型002 -072- H）的 [Presentation at the 43rd Annual Conferences on Taiwan Psychological Association, Symposium on Anxiety Disorders: Diatheses, Mediators and Therapeutic Implications. Chengchi University, Taipei, Taiwan, September 26. (NSC 92-2815-C-002-072-H)].

Language: Chinese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
研讨会焦虑症：糖尿病，调解员和治疗的影响;（国科会92 - 2825 -架C - 002 - 072 - H）的研究背景及目的：本研究从快速眼动睡眠的眼动脱敏和再加工（EMDR）治疗的可能机制依赖内存后处理模型（夏皮罗，1995年; Stickgold，2002年）的建议，通过睡眠诱导活化的弱协会在REM国家和新兴市场在联想记忆改变运作为REM睡眠融入一般语义记忆创伤的情节记忆。该协会的新兴市场对语义变化的影响后，跳视眼球运动是双边审查了本研究。方法：22名大学生被招募参加者。通过语义启动的任务，一个2（眼球运动情况：水平跳视眼球运动主场迎战没有眼球运动）× 2（语义关联的强度：强主场迎战弱）因子之间的题目设计进行审查的EM在变化的影响强度为否定词的语义联想。为负的刺激弱协会primeability改变反对强者来，根据不同的电磁环境进行了比较。结果：2 × 2方差分析结果表明了显着的主要电磁效应和电磁×语义联想实力显着交互作用，显示弱吸大大超过了强大的电磁吸后，而恰恰相反后非统。结论：研究结果呼应快速眼动睡眠相关记忆加工模式，认为在EMDR电磁可能反映了联想记忆系统通过激活不同的语义相关的词负语义节点协会不同强度的转变。对心理治疗的可能性和未来研究的结果所造成的影响进行了讨论。

Symposium on Anxiety Disorders: Diabetes, Mediators and Therapeutic Implications; (NSC 92-2825-C-002-072-H) Research background & aims: This study examined possible therapeutic mechanisms of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) from REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model (Shapiro, 1995; Stickgold, 2002) that proposed that sleep induced change in associative memory via activation of weak association during REM state and EMs functioned as REM sleep to integrate the episodic memory of trauma into general semantic memory. The effect of EM on change of semantic associations after saccadic bilateral eye movements was examined in the present study. Methods: Twenty two college students were recruited as participants. Via semantic priming task, a 2 (eye movement condition: horizontal saccadic eye movements vs. no eye movements) × 2 (strength of semantic association: strong vs. weak) between subject factorial design was performed to examine the effect of EM on change of strength of semantic association for negative words. Change of primeability of weak associations for negative stimuli as opposed to that of strong ones under different EM conditions was compared. Results: The 2 × 2 ANOVA showed a significant main effect for EM and a significant interaction effect of EM × strength of semantic association, indicating that weak priming significantly exceeded strong priming after EM, while the opposite was true after non-EM. Conclusions: The results echoed REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model, suggesting that EM in EMDR might reflect a shift in associative memory systems by activating different strength of associations of negative semantic nodes for different semantically related words. The implications of the results for psychotherapy and future research possibilities are discussed.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Postttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  REM  REM-Sleep Dependent Memory Reprocessing Model  Saccadic Eye Movement  Semantic Association  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. マギーフィリップス（田中究、穂積由里子、浅田雅子（翻訳） [Maggie Phillips (Tanaka Kiwamu, Hozumi Yuriko, Asada Masako (translators)] (2002). 最新心理療法―EMDR・催眠・イメージ法・TFTの臨床例 [単行本] [Finding the energy to heal: How EMDR, hypnosis, TFT, imagery, and body-focused therapy can help resolve health problems]. 東京：春秋社。 392 pp [Tōkyō: Shunjūsha. 392 pp.].

Language: Japanese

Format: Book

Abstract:
マギー・フィリップス著 ; 田中究監訳 ; 浅田仁子,穂積由 最新心理療法: EMDR・催眠・イメージ法・TFTの臨床例 Saishin shinri ryōhō: Īemudīāru saimin imējihō tīefutī no rinshōrei 春秋社

A groundbreaking book that applies the principles of energy psychology and medicine to mind/body healing. Eastern healing focuses on correcting imbalance so that qi (life force energy) can flow freely again. This book proposes that various therapies can similarly address energies in mind/body systems and restore health. These tools can open inner, healing pathways that have been frozen by stress, trauma, and unresolved developmental issues.

Keywords: Body-Focused Therapy  Hypnosis  Imagery  TFT  Thought Field Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. Spuijbroek, P. (2013, April). A(S/l)S het samen kan: EMDR in de systeemtherapie [A (S / L) S together can: EMDR in the treatment system]. Presentatie op het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij het behandelen van kinderen met autisme wordt steeds meer een systemische aanpak gehanteerd. Daar waar het in de ouderbegeleiding vooral over psycho educatie en rouwverwerking gaat rond het autisme, staat in de gezinstherapie het systeem centraal en de samenwerking tussen de gezinsleden, rekening houdend met overeenkomsten en verschillen. Bij het gebruik van de EMDR binnen de gezinstherapie levert dit soms verrassende situaties op die op eigen wijze bijdragen aan veranderingen welke van te voren niet werden te voorzien. In deze workshop worden een drietal casussen besproken waarbij (delen van) het gezin betrokken zijn. De aangemelde casussen zijn een jongen met laag zelfbeeld, een preverbaal trauma bij een geadopteerd meisje en een meisje dat dreigt zichzelf te beschadigen. Alle drie de kinderen zijn kinderen met ASS. Maar wat gebeurt er tijdens gecombineerde systeem-EMDR sessie? In de presentatie neem ik deelnemers mee in woord en beeld en ga in gesprek.

When treating children with autism is becoming a systemic approach. Where in the parent guidance particularly on psychoeducation and bereavement goes around autism, family therapy is in the central system and the cooperation between family members, taking into account similarities and differences. With the use of EMDR in family therapy yields some surprising situations which in their own way contribute to changes which in advance were not providing. In this workshop, three cases are discussed in which (parts of) the family involved. The notified cases are a boy with low self-esteem, a preverbal trauma in an adopted girl and a girl who threatens to harm himself. All three children are children with ASD. But what happens when combined system EMDR session? In the presentation I take Participants in words and pictures and talk to them.

Keywords: Family Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. Huber, M., Siol, T., Herholz, K., Lenz, O., Köhle, K., & Heiss, W. D. (2001, December). Activation of thalamo-cortical systems in post-traumatic flashbacks: A positron emission tomography study. Traumatology, 7(4), 131-141. doi:10.1177/153476560100700402.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Trauma victims with post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) often experience ‘flashbacks’ that are described as being different from memories of other fearful biographic situations. We used Positron Emission Tomography and Statistical Parametric Mapping to compare in the same subject brain activation patterns during induced flashbacks with recall of fearful non-traumatic situations. During fearful recall there were significant activations of right precuneus. When traumatic memories were compared to neutral, right lingual gyrus, right thalamus / mamillary bodies, and right cerebellum were significantly activated. When brain activation during flashbacks was compared to simple fear, right mediodorsal thalamus (MD), right precuneus, and right cerebellum were significantly more active. With respect to recent experimental evidence concerning the function of thalamo-cortical systems, we hypothesize that post-traumatic flashback experiences are based on hyperactive thalamo-cortical ‘closed loop’ networks.

Keywords: Flashbacks  Mediodorsal Thalamus  PET  Positron Emission Tomography  Post-Trauamtic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Statistical Parameter Mapping  Thalamo-Cortical Systems  Trauma Victims  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. Shapiro, F. (2003, September). Adaptive information processing and case conceptualization. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The model was formulated to describe clinical phenomena observed in EMDR, successfully predict treatment effects, and guide clinical practice. These principles, along with EMDR protocols, and procedures will be used to evaluate various trends in EMDR clinical practice. Clinical cases and questions collected from particlpants will be used to illustrate the ways in which EMDR can be applied.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adolescents  Cognitive Processes  AIP  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Therapy  Females  Integrative Psychotherapy  Memories  Plenary  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Shapiro, F. (2005, June). Adaptive information processing and case conceptualization. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The model was formulated to describe clinical phenomena observed in EMDR, successfully predict treatment effects, and guide clinical practice. These principles, along with EMDR protocols and procedures will be used to discuss a wide range of clinical applications, ranging from acute through chronic and complex conditions.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adolescents  AIP  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Therapy  Females  Integrative Psychotherapy  Keynote  Memories  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Shapiro, F. (2004, September). Adaptive information processing:  EMDR clinical applications and case conceptualizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Procesing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications, and to hone case conceptualization skills.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adolescents  AIP  Females  Memories  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. Edgerson, L. D. (2012). Advanced trauma training: Integration of EMDR and clinical hypnosis for the effective resolution of post-traumatic stress disorder. The University of the Rockies, Colorado Spring, CO. 3539756.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Currently, the statistics associated with PTSD are staggering. Countless numbers of men, women, and children around the world are impacted every moment of every day by this extremely disruptive disorder. PTSD is very difficult to live with and can be even more challenging to resolve. A primary reason that the resolution of traumatic memories is such a challenge to treat is the fact that whenever any ounce of negative experience connected to the initial sensitizing event is sensed, the victim immediately reacts in a self-protective fashion by avoiding the experience any way he or she can. Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) appears to be the treatment of choice for many mental health clinicians who attempt to help patients recover from their traumatic memories. This author believes that CBT offers some benefit with regard to an understanding of the mechanism behind post-traumatic stress, as well as offer numerous ways to manage stress related symptoms. However, it does poorly in terms of completely resolving multiple traumas or working with chronic complex cases. In addition, a CBT approach has the proclivity to make the disorder more challenging by further increasing insult on the already malfunctioning autonomic nervous system of the victim. Instead, this manual suggests the combined use of EMDR and hypnosis as a more healthy and effective therapeutic modality model that can assist most individuals who suffer from even the most severe post-traumatic stress. The combination of EMDR and hypnosis takes a holistic approach towards healing by working with the defensive systems and the complete neuroanatomical system of the human being, as opposed to against.

Keywords: Anxiety  Clinical Hypnosis  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Traumatic Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. O'Shea, K. (2009, May). Anger, imagination and EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Anger is typically associated with destructive behavior, yet it is frequently released non-destructively during EMDR sessions, via the imagination. Participants will learn 1) how to help clients accept anger as potentially necessary and valuable when learning from traumatic experiences (including the neuroscience that supports the existence of sub-cortical anger circuitry); 2) how to easily reset clients’ anger circuits; 3) Interweaves that facilitate its nondestructive release; 4) how to ensure anger has been fully released; and 5) ways to facilitate clients’ safe release of anger during and outside sessions.

Keywords: Anger  Imagination  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. O'Shea, K. (2008, June). Anger, imagination and EMDR – what EMDR has taught us about the importance of anger and how to facilitate its safe release. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Jaak Panksepp’s text, Affective Neuroscience (1998), informs us of the vast amount of neurological data available to show that, like all mammals, anger is one of our basic affective circuits. Yet it is not identified as such in the diagnostic manual, at least here in the States. Only the destructive outcomes of angry behaviors are included. Guiding EMDR sessions over the past 17 years has given me the opportunity to observe the nondestructive release of anger as a protective response to harmful (traumatic) experiences. Imagination appears to provide us with an innate ability to acknowledge the degree of harm, and to experience, at a physical level, the capability to protect ourselves and others, if anything similar recurs. Following that release, I consistently see what I call “Compassion-with-Protection”, spontaneously expressed. Others call it “forgiveness”. Because of their experiences with destructive anger and our cultural avoidance of anger, clients often have difficulty allowing their angry feelings to be felt and released during EMDR work. Letting them know they have this capability can enable them to “just notice what happens” during trauma reprocessing. This workshop will address, via description and case examples, how EMDR has clarified the nature of anger. It will specify how EMDR clinicians can support their clients in releasing anger non-destructively (by clearing the anger circuit during Preparation, teaching them how the Imagination works - for self-use and during reprocessing, - and identifying the most efficient targeting sequences), so they can update their systems to their current level of capability and fully experience the “Compassion-with-Protection” that naturally follows.

Keywords: Anger  Imagination  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Carter, A. (2007, June). Assessment and treatment of complex PTSD and dissociative disorders in childhood and adolescence, the role and use of EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Damage occurs to a child’s self in the context of relationship when raised in an environment of abuse and neglect. This damage to self is manifested through disruptions in development. A child or adolescent will be unable to perform tasks a non-traumatized child or adolescent has not difficulty mastering. These tasks may be physical, emotional, intellectual, sexual, social, or spiritual. When these disruptions become manifest in the environment with which the child or adolescent is interacting, home, school, or community, conflict arises. The conflict is both internal with self and external in relationship, behavioral, and biological. This is generally when a child or adolescent is brought into therapy for intervention Caregivers are not always aware of the impact traumatic events have on a child’s life or may not want to deal with the impact and the long term implications. The therapeutic relationship is a context outside of the system where the child was traumatized that provide the potential environment and relationship which can facilitate healing for the child, adolescent, and possible, the system in which they live.
Children and adolescents with a complex PTSD will often employ the use of dissociation as a way to cope with overwhelming events or chronically dysfunctional lifestyles. The degree and way in which the child dissociates to self regulate internal systems will determine behavioural and neurological trajectories in their life such as, how the child will cope, rupture of developmental task attainment, and it will determine what type of attachment process the child experiences. Also determined are: impulse control, sleep regulation, meta cognitive functioning, neurobiological processes and the integrative processes of self. When there is no therapeutic intervention, the self which emerges as a result of these processes is a “traumatic self” organization, that is a self structural in response to traumatic experience determined to avoid the repetition of the traumatic experience “at all costs.” The biological body that emerges is the traumatized body organized for avoidance in the forms of fighting, fleeing, or freezing and submitting.
The assessment phase of therapy will map for the therapist and client where the internal dysregulation occur, what are the maladaptive response which have been developed, and what the negative beliefs are which all contribute to the construction of the “traumatic self." There are a variety of assessment tools specifically designed for this purpose.
Once the map is established, a plan can be developed to use with children and adolescents and family for therapy and for EMDR. There are a variety of models which have been developed to use with children and adolescents to process bad memories, negative cognitions and to strengthen internal resources. EMDR can also be used to facilitate state change, strengthen self regulatory capacities, and promote integrative processes of authentic self, facilitating healing throughout self, body, and relational systems.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Complex PTSD  C-PTSD  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Keller, B., Stevens, L. C., Boyce, K., Lui, C., & Murray, J. (2011). Bilateral eye movements and EEG coherence during positive memories: Implications for PTSD and EMDR. Presentation at the American Psychological Association Conference, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The purpose of this study was to investigate the role of bilateral eye movements in the processing of long-term emotional memories, especially as it pertains to the treatment method for PTSD known as EMDR. EMDR utilizes methods similar to cognitive therapy and exposure but also employs saccadic eye movements to facilitate the treatment. The saccadic eye movements are theorized by Shapiro and others to decrease emotional valence and vividness of episodic memories allowing for easier reprocessing. There remains some disagreement as to the actual role and importance of the saccadic eye movements as well as to the neurological effects of EMDR. This study used EEG power-spectral analysis and measures of interhemispheric coherence on 30 individuals who underwent one of three conditions while recalling positive episodic memories. The 3 conditions were (1) a solid black dot with no eye movement (control), (2) a low frequency color changing dot with no eye movement, and (3) a bilateral eye movement condition simulating EMDR. After a 5’ eyes-open baseline, participants experienced one of the three conditions while recalling a positive memory for five 1’ episodes. After each episode, each participant had 19-channel EEGs recorded while they stared ahead eyes opened. EEG data were noise artifacted, power spectral analyzed, and statistically analyzed for interhemispheric coherence differences between conditions for clusters of frontal pole (Fp), frontal (F), central (C), parietal (P), and occipital (O) electrodes. ANCOVA analysis of post-treatment coherence values, with baseline values as the covariate, across conditions showed significantly increased Low Beta (12-20Hz) activity in the Frontal region of the brain during the saccadic eye movements condition compared to the low frequency dot condition (p=.012). Also found were significantly increased Low Theta (4-6Hz) coherence values in the Parietal region of the brain in the low frequency dot condition compared to both the eye fixation (p=.017) and saccadic eye movement (p=.022) conditions. Self reports of memory clarity and vividness indicated significantly increased measures across all conditions. LORETA cortical localization analyses revealed Low Beta (12-20Hz) activation during the saccadic eye movements condition occurring primarily in Brodmanns Area 11 (BA11) and Brodmann Area 25 (BA25) and Low Theta (4-6Hz) activation during the low frequency dot condition focused in BA35 and BA36. LORETA neuroimages are presented. Cortical localizations of increased Low Beta interhemispheric coherence in BA11 (VentroMedial Frontal Cortex) and BA25 (Subgenual Anterior Cingulate Cortex) following bilateral eye movements during the recall of positive memories suggest a synchronization of information processing activities in parts of the frontal cortex involved in planning, reasoning, and decision making (11) and in verbal episodic memory retrieval (25). These functions are consistent with the assigned tasks of review of positive episodic memories in this study. Coincident with this pattern of cortical activation was an obtained increase in memory clarity and vividness during episodic memory retrieval. It is possible that the obtained effects on beta activity were an artifact of eye movements; however, the lack of significantly increased signal coherence at the Fp region and the removal of eye movement artifacts prior to data analysis reduce this possibility. These results provide support for an Interhemispheric Coherence Model as an explanation for the positive effects of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing of retrieved memories. Additionally, these outcomes suggest that it is the saccadic eye movements, not a repetition of a rhythmic stimulus, that elicits the changes in interhemispheric coherence, and possibly in emotional valence and vividness, highlighting the importance of saccadic eye movements in EMDR.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation  EEG Coherence  Eye Movements: Positive Memories  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: No

13. Christman, S. D., & Stieber, P. (2005, February). Bilateral eye movements lead to a neutralization of affective state. Poster presented at the 33rd annual meeting of the International Neuropsychological Society, St. Louis, MO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Engaging in bilateral eye movements (EM) leads to increases in Stroop interference, improvements in episodic memory, and decreases in false memories in a converging semantic associates paradigm. These results are interpreted as reflecting EM-induced equalization of cortical activation and subsequent enhancement of interhemispheric interaction. Since increased right versus left hemisphere activation is associated with negative versus positive affect, respectively, it was hypothesized that EMs following a mood-induction procedure should result in neutralization of affect. Seventy three right-handed participants engaged in happy or sad mood induction procedures, providing mood ratings on a 1-9 scale, followed by 30 seconds of either bilateral EMs or, as a control, watching a dot change color repeatedly. Participants then supplied a second mood rating. Analyses of the Happy condition showed no mood differences after mood induction, with all participants yielding scores significantly happier than neutral. After administration of the visual condition, participants in the Colored Dot condition showed no change in mood. In the EM condition, however, participants showed a significant reduction in positive affect. Analyses of the Sad condition showed that the mood induction procedure failed, with participants reporting neutral moods after mood induction. Post hoc analyses of only those participants reporting sad moods after induction showed that participants in the EM condition exhibited a marginally greater neutralization of affect than in the Colored Dot condition. The results provide tentative support for the hypothesis that bilateral EMs result in neutralization of emotional states, reflecting an equalization of cortical activation in the left and right hemispheres.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation  Eye Movements  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Christman, S., & Garvey, K. (2001, June). Bilateral eye movements reduce cortical activation asymmetries. Presentation at the 2001 EMDR International Association Conference, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Alternating left-right eye movements (EMs) have been shown to enhance episodic memory recall (Christman & Garvey, 2000). In turn, enhanced recall of episodic, or autobiographical, memories has been linked to increased interhemispheric interaction (Christman & Propper, 2001; Propper & Christman, 1997). Since leftward versus rightward EMs induce right versus hemisphere activation, respectively (Bakan & Svorad, 1969), bilateral EMs may facilitate interhemispheric interaction by balancing hemispheric activation levels. In other words, asymmetries in cortical activation may impair interhemispheric communication. Christman and Garvey (2000), however, demonstrated only that bilateral EMs enhance episodic memory performance; they did not directly measure hemispheric activation. To test this hypothesis directly, participants were administered two behavioral tests that are sensitive to variations in hemispheric activation. The Chimeric Faces Test (Levy, Heller, Banich, & Burton, 1983) involves mirror-image pairs of faces, with one smiling hemiface and one neutral hemiface, presented under conditions of free viewing. Participants are asked to judge which member of a pair looks happier. Right versus left hemiface biases are associated with relative increases in left versus right hemispheric activation. Line bisection tasks also tap into hemispheric activation, with leftward versus rightward bisection errors reflecting increased right versus left hemisphere activation. Bisection tasks, however, are also influenced by premotor asymmetries (e.g., Luh, 1995), and thus represent a less pure measure of hemispheric activation.
METHODS Participants performed blocks of chimeric face and line bisection trials. They then engaged in 30 seconds of alternating left-right saccades (2 eye movements per second). Participants then performed a second block of trials for both tasks.
RESULTS Results showed that behavioral asymmetries in the chimeric face task were significantly reduced after the EMs (p<.029). This supports the hypothesis that bilateral EMs reduce hemispheric activation asymmetries. Performance on line bisection task, however, was unaffected by EMs (F<1), perhaps reflecting the fact that this task is a less direct measure of hemispheric activation.
DISCUSSION These results provide further insight into mechanisms underlying EMDR therapy used for PTSD patients. Reduction in hemispheric activation asymmetry arising from bilateral EMs employed in the current study (and in EMDR) may enhance interhemispheric communication. This interpretation is consistent with Ramachandran (1995), who showed that vestibular stimulation (inducing optokinetic nystagmus and resulting in involuntary left-right EMs) reduces the denial of deficit found in anosagnosia patients. Ramachandran (1995) suggested that the procedure benefits the hypoaroused right hemisphere, bringing its activation level up to par with the left hemisphere. Similarly, EMs used in EMDR may balance hemispheric activation levels, in turn enhancing interhemispheric communication and retrieval of episodic memories.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation  Eye Movements  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Kuiken, D., Chudleigh, M., & Racher, D. (2010, December). Bilateral eye movements, attentional flexibility and metaphor comprehension: The substrate of REM dreaming?. Dreaming, 20(4), 227-247. doi:10.1037/a0020841.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Explanations for the effects of the rapid eye movements induced during Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) have drawn upon an analogy with the eye movements of REM sleep (Kuiken, Bears, Miall, and Smith, 2002). An extension of that analogy posits two orienting systems, one involving threat-fear related mnemonic contextualization and another involving loss-pain related monitoring of conflicting response alternatives. In a study involving individuals who had recently experienced significant loss or trauma, we found that experimentally induced saccadic eye movements decreased reaction times to unexpected stimuli among those reporting traumatic distress (characterized by hyperarousal and intrusive thoughts) and increased reaction times among those reporting separation distress (characterized by vivid reminiscences and the sense of a foreshortened future). Also, we found that saccadic eye movements increased the perceived strikingness of metaphoric sentence endings among those reporting amnesia for events related to either loss or trauma. The eye movements of both EMDR and REM sleep may differently affect the attentional and cognitive reorienting activity of those living with the consequences of loss or trauma. These differences may be evident in their waking reflections and in their dreams.

Keywords: Attention  Bereavement  Dreams  Eye Movements  Metaphors  REM Sleep  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Cotraccia, T. (2010, September/October). Bio-psychosocial adaptive information processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The role of neurobiological structures in Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) is becoming more understood. This workshop considers specific psychological and social components of the AIP model. Attunement and internal working models of self and world are suggested as additional components of a systemic AIP model. The psychotherapy relationship is conceptualized as a dynamic feedback system modeled after a securely attached caregiver-child dyad. This workshop draws from affective neuroscience, information theory, philosophy of mind and general systems theory to consider how components interact at multiple levels to resolve disturbing life experiences and enhance bio-psychosocial functioning. The additions to the model will be used to highlight clinical phenomenon relevant to EMDR practice.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. van der Kolk, B. A., Hopper, J., & Spinazzola, J. (2004, November). Biological changes in arousal and cortisol following PTSD treatment. Symposium conducted (M. Olff, Chair) at the 20th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, New Orleans, LA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Effects of treatment of PTSD on psychobiological measures: It is well known that PTSD is associated with changes in several biological systems. However little research has been done on whether it is possible to “reset” these biological systems with effective psychotherapy of pharmacological therapy. This symposium will present data on neuroendocrine and neuroimaging outcome measures.
Biological changes in arousal and cortisol following PTSD treatment: This presentation will discuss the results of a controlled treatment outcome study comparing EMDR, fluoxetine and pill placebo and demonstrate how effective treatment resulted in changes in memory processes, utilizing the Traumatic Memory Inventrory. In the EMDR condition, but not fluoxetine, the change in traumatic memory towards an integrated narrative was linearly correlated with physiological arousal in response to script driven imagery. This presentation will also present the relationship between clinical improvement in the three conditions and change in the cortisol response to a dexamethasone challenge.

Keywords: Fluoxetine  Pill Placebo  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Solomon, E. P., & Heide, K. M. (2005, January). The biology of trauma:  Implications for treatment. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 20(1), 51-60. doi:10.1177/0886260504268119.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
During the past 20 years, the development of brain imaging techniques and new biochemical approaches has led to increased understanding of the biological effects of psychological trauma. New hypotheses have been generated about brain development and the roots of antisocial behavior. We now understand that psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis and can cause both short and long-term effects on many organs and systems of the body. Our expanding knowledge of the effects of trauma on the body has inspired new approaches to treating trauma survivors. Biologically informed therapy addresses the physiological effects of trauma, as well as cognitive distortions and maladaptive behaviors. The authors suggest that the most effective therapeutic innovation during the past 20 years for treating trauma survivors has been Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a therapeutic approach that focuses on resolving trauma using a combination of top-down (cognitive) and bottom-up (affect/body) processing. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents  Child Abuse  Children  Criminal Behavior  Forensic Evaluation  Literature Review  Neglect  Neuroendocrinology  Neurophysiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Heide, K. M., & Solomon, E. P. (2006, May-June). Biology, childhood trauma, and murder: Rethinking justice. International Journal of Law and Psychiatry, 29(3), 220-233. doi:10.1016/j.ijlp.2005.10.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article reviews recent findings in the developmental neurophysiology of children subjected to psychological trauma. Studies link extreme neglect and abuse with long-term changes in the nervous and endocrine systems. A growing body of research literature indicates that individuals with severe trauma histories are at higher risk of behaving violently than those without such histories. This article links these two research areas by discussing how severe and protracted child abuse and/or neglect can lead to biological changes, putting these individuals at greater risk for committing homicide and other forms of violence than those without child maltreatment histories. The implications of these biological findings for forensic evaluations are discussed. Based on new understanding of the effects of child maltreatment, the authors invite law and mental health professionals to rethink their notions of justice and offender accountability, and they challenge policymakers to allocate funds for research into effective treatment and for service delivery. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents  Attachment  Brain Development  Child Abuse  Criminal Behavior  Child Neglect  Children  Criminal Responsibility  Forensic Evaluation  Homicide  Juvenile Offenders  Literature Review  Mitigating Factors  Murder  Neglect  Neuroendocrinology  Neurophysiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Sociopathy  Survivors  Trauma  Violence  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. van der Kolk, B. A. (1994, January). The body keeps the score: Memory and the evolving psychobiology of posttraumatic stress. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 1(5), 253-265. doi:10.3109/10673229409017088.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Ever since people's responses to overwhelming experiences have been systematically explored, researchers have noted that a trauma is stored in somatic memory and expressed as changes in the biological stress response. Intense emotions at the time of the trauma initiate the long-term conditional responses to reminders of the event, which are associated both with chronic alterations in the physiological stress response and with the amnesias and hypermnesias characteristic of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Continued physiological hyperarousal and altered stress hormone secretion affect the ongoing evaluation of sensory stimuli as well. Although memory is ordinarily an active and constructive process, in PTSD failure of declarative memory may lead to organization of the trauma on a somatosensory level (as visual images or physical sensations) that is relatively impervious to change. The inability of people with PTSD to integrate traumatic experiences and their tendency, instead, to continuously relieve the past are mirrored physiologically and hormonally in the misinterpretation of innocuous stimuli as potential threats. Animal research suggests that intense emotional memories are processed outside of the hippocampally mediated memory system and are difficult to extinguish. Cortical activity can inhibit the expression of these subcortically based emotional memories. The effectiveness of this inhibition depends, in part, on physiological arousal and neurohormonal activity. These formulations have implications for both the psychotherapy and the pharmacotherapy of PTSD.[MLM MEDLINE]

Keywords: Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Practice  PTSD  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Klaff, F. (2012, October). Bonding the pieces: Treating children unglued by family disruptions - An integrated EMDR-family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Major family structural changes, as in divorce and adoption, impact children’s adjustment. Integrating neuroscience research, the AIP-EMDR model and family systems theory, a comprehensive therapeutic approach facilitates treatment of the child’s whole experience. Videotaped case material demonstrates effectiveness of the EMDR treatment component, addressing interpersonal and intrapersonal experiences for adopted brothers Antwon, 4 and Tony,7, exposed to past poverty, drugs,abuse and murder; and Gina, 8, impacted by divorce, current family instability, alcoholism,and other unrevealed ghosts. These children are representative of the complex cases therapists must deconstruct, with sometimes disturbing or complicating revelations emerging as treatment progresses.

Keywords: Children  Family Systems Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. Unicef International (2010, April). Building psychosocial support and mental health systems for children: Policy and practice in emergency situations. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Children  Guidelines  Keynote  Policy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Amen, D. G. (1999, June). Change your brain, change your life (EMDR not the focus). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the functions the problems associated with five different brain systems; 2) learn the impact of head injuries on psychological behavior; and 3) develop three psychological strategies for enhancing each different brain system.

Keywords: Brain  Brain Systems  Head Injuries  SPECT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Falaschi, R., & Tizzani, E. (2001, October). Changes in electroencephalographic quantitative analysis in patients treated with EMDR. In International CIANS Conference (CIANS: Collegium Internationale Activitatis Nervosae Superioris; International Association for Integrative Nervous Functions, Neurobiology of behaviour and Psychosomatics), (p 159) Palermo.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR’s basic working theory assumes that traumatic memories remain unprocessed because the innate information processing system is stuck by the psychophysiological effects of trauma. Traumatic events are stored in their original form, and the recall of traumatic memories causes a high level of disturbance.
Left-right rhythmic stimulations of EMDR seem to remove the block in the traumatic memories processing and help memories storing mechanism function at an adaptive level. In recent years, many scientific researches have focused on the opportunity to assess the functional connection between different brain areas through quantitative analysis of EEG.
According to the aim of this presentation, our attention was drawn to the correlation between slow bands (4- 7 Hz) and the activity in the sub-cortical areas involved in working memory and, also, high frequency ranges (> 36 Hz) and cortical activities during sensorial stimuli processing. There are a few quantitative EEG studies on patients with PTSD. The EEG analysis of subject with childhood abuse histories revealed less synchronization in the two hemispheres functioning compared to normal control subjects.
EEG quantitative analysis in abused children showed a higher intra-hemispheric left coherence and a lower intra-hemispheric right coherence in comparison with normal control subjects. According to these results, the aim of this presentation is to test if there are recordable changes in the intra and inter hemispheric synchronization between brain areas where information processing occurs (limbic system, prefrontal cortical area, and posterior cortical areas) in patients with PTSD after EMDR treatment.

Keywords: EEG  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Klaff, F. (2007). Children of divorce. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 284-305). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Much attention has been devoted to examining whether divorce negatively impacts children's psychological adjustment, or whether divorce is now so prevalent that it can be considered a normative transitional event (Kaslow, 1981). Divorce brings many structural and functional changes. These include the logistic and emotional complications of a nonresidential parent, financial disequilibrium, and two systems with differing rules and expectations. Additionally, there are new subsystem components, such as parental figures, step- and half-siblings, and extended families with a potentially motley cast of new characters and different environments impacting the system. What constitutes "family" for children of divorce is often quite different from what is traditionally viewed as the nuclear family. This chapter discusses divorce effects on childhood adjustment; family systems-based treatment of divorce; adaptive information processing model applied to divorce issues; and the therapy process--integrative family therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Two case examples are presented, followed by a concluding discussion. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adjustment  Children of Divorce  Divorce  Emotional Adjustment  Family  Family Systems  Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  Integrative Family Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Models  Therapy Process  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Makinson, R. A., & Young, J. S. (2012, April). Cognitive behavioral therapy and the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder: Where counseling and neuroscience meet. Journal of Counseling & Development, 90(2), 131-140. doi:10.1111/j.1556-6676.2012.00017.x .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There is increasing evidence to support the biological basis of mental disorders. Subsequently, understanding the neurobiological context from which mental distress arises can help counselors appropriately apply cognitive behavioral therapy and other well-researched cognitive interventions. The purpose of this article is to describe the neurobiological context underlying the formation and treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders, a mental disorder frequently encountered by counselors, from a cognitive therapy framework.
Recent changes to the Council for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs (2009) accreditation standards include the need for counselors-in-training to understand the neurobiological basis of behavior, which marks a new direction for the training of professional counselors who have historically reacted ambivalently toward medical models for understanding client concerns and treatments. Yet recent findings in neuroscience actually support the verbally based interventions that counselors typically use in treatment; therefore, there is much to be gained by counselors and counselor educators in understanding the basics of human neurobiology and how commonly used counseling interventions intervene on these biological systems. The National Institute of Mental Health (2010) stated in a recent strategic plan that “Important discoveries in areas such as genetics, neuroscience, and behavioral science largely account for the substantial gains in knowledge that have helped us to understand the complexities of mental illnesses and behavioral disorders over the past 15 years” (“Introduction,” para. 4).
Given the increasingly biological focus of mental health research, the practicing counselor is faced with the task of understanding and using the emerging mental health treatments and explaining to clients, to reimbursing agencies, and to the broader public how counseling fits within the medically dominated mental health culture. Some counselors have long reacted ambivalently toward the pathologically oriented diagnostic categories of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed.; DSM-IV;American Psychiatric Association, 1994) system and the medication-dominated world of psychiatry. For example, the contrasting viewpoints on this issue were published in the Journal of Counseling & Development between Allen and Mary Ivey (1998, 1999) and Scott Hinkle (1999). Ivey and Ivey (1998) argued for a developmental interpretation to the DSM-IV, opposing what they called the “pathological view” (p. 334) of the manual. According to Ivey and Ivey, disorders could be viewed through a positive development tradition to lie not within the individual but within the contextual systems in which a person lives. Subsequently, disorders are viewed as a “logical response to a developmental history” (Ivey & Ivey, 1999, p. 484). By contrast, Hinkle (1999) argued that because anxiety and depressive disorders “are the most common clinical symptoms associated with presentation to counseling” (p. 475), the counseling profession is weakened if counselors shy away from direct participation in the DSM nomenclature and treatment parlance. As Hinkle indicated, “mental disorders according to the medical model describe disease processes, not people” (p. 475). Regardless of the reader's philosophical perspective, practicing counselors know participation in medical and psychiatric systems is necessary at times. Also, recent discoveries in the field of neuroscience are providing evidence that interventions often used by counselors have direct physiological impact on client neurobiology (Kennedy et al., 2007; Linden, 2006). For example, Felmingham et al. (2007) demonstrated significant differences in brain activity before and after 8 weeks of exposure therapy, which correlated with a reduction in posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptom severity. Similarly, Paquette et al. (2003) found that cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) alters the activation and metabolism of specific brain regions following successful treatment of spider phobia. These findings, along with others (for a detailed review, see Beauregard, 2007; Frewen, Dozois, & Lanius, 2008), are significant because they support the techniques, interventions, and approaches used by counselors and provide a mechanism by which counseling positively affects brain physiology. Within the emerging physiologically based treatment milieu, counselors should be prepared to articulate how cognitive counseling interventions make measurable changes to the client. Although cognitive-behavioral-based approaches are effective in the treatment of a number of psychiatric illnesses, adult PTSD is arguably one of the best understood mental disorders from a neurological perspective. It thus presents a valuable model for exploring not only the basic tenets of neurobiology but also the mechanisms behind its successful treatment. Furthermore, PTSD is a disorder that counselors will likely encounter in practice.
PTSD is a mental disorder characterized by a sudden onset of symptoms due to environmental exposure to a psychologically stressful event such as war, natural disaster, or sexual victimization. Thus, it provides a clear example of how, even in adulthood, neurological adaptation (in this case maladaptive changes) can functionally “rewire” the brain in a short period of time, resulting in a sustained array of clinical symptoms. The diagnostic criteria for PTSD are a history of exposure to a traumatic event meeting two criteria and symptoms from each of three symptom clusters: intrusive recollections, avoidant/numbing symptoms, and hyperarousal symptoms. A fifth criterion concerns duration of symptoms and a sixth assesses functioning (American Psychiatric Association, 2000).
The National Comorbidity Survey Replication, conducted between February 2001 and April 2003 (Kessler et al., 2005), determined that the estimated lifetime prevalence of PTSD among American adults is 6.8%, with women (9.7%) twice as likely as men (3.6%) to have the disorder at some point in their lives. These findings are very similar to those of the first National Comorbidity Survey conducted in the early 1990s (Kessler, Sonnega, Bromet, Hughes, & Nelson, 1995), which was composed of interviews of a representative national sample of 8,098 Americans ages 15 to 54 years. In this earlier sample, the estimated prevalence of lifetime PTSD was 7.8% in the general population. As in the more recent survey, women (10.4%) were more than twice as likely as men (5%) to have PTSD at some point in their lives (Kessler et al., 2005; Kessler et al., 1995).

Keywords: CBT  Cognitive Behavioral Therapy  Neurobiological Basis of Behavior  Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Brewin, C. R. (2001, April). A cognitive neuroscience account of posttraumatic stress disorder and its treatment. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 39(4), 373-393. doi:10.1016/S0005-7967(00)00087-5.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent research in the areas of animal conditioning, the neural systems underlying emotion and memory, and the effect of fear on these systems is reviewed. This evidence points to an important distinction between hippocampally-dependent and non-hippocampally-dependent forms of memory that are differentially affected by extreme stress. The cognitive science perspective is related to a recent model of posttraumatic stress disorder, dual representation theory, that also posits separate memory systems underlying vivid reexperiencing versus ordinary autobiographical memories of trauma. This view is compared with other accounts in the literature of traumatic memory processes in PTSD, and the contrasting implications for therapy are discussed. 2001 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.

Keywords: Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Barfoot, K. M., Casey, M. C., & Callaway, A. J. (2012, July). Combined EEG and eye-tracking in sports skills training and performance analysis. Presentation at the World Congress of Performance Analysis of Sport IX, University of Wooster.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of mobile EEG brainwave monitoring and eye-tracking recorded synchronously during the training of sports skills offers significant opportunities but creates challenges. Opportunities: ¨ Measuring neurocognitive activity and visual focus in real time which can be used to provide immediate feedback to the coach, in ‘real world’ settings, for optimising training protocols for the individual athlete. ¨ Use of sound output (‘sonification’) in proportion to EEG regions of interest as a neurofeedback mechanism for athlete self-training. ¨ Application of visualisation protocols and ‘EEG-driven’ PC games where game feedback based on state of mind is used to optimise mental state prior to performance. ¨ Examining the relationship between eye movement and neuro activity (e.g. saccades and gamma waves) and in athlete coaching interventions such as sports visual scanning strategies, Eye Movement Desensitisation & Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, focussed relaxation, etc. Challenges: ¨ The recording of EEG during gross motor behaviour is subject to non-brain artefacts in the raw (time-domain) EEG, due to the much larger (than EEG) electrical voltages arising from muscle and eye movements. Practical approaches and signal processing (frequency domain spectrum) techniques to address these problems will be discussed. ¨ The synchronisation of data recorded on different types of equipment (e.g. EEG, eyetracker, video, sound, EMG, etc.) with different ‘clocks’ and diverse data formats is difficult – both in terms of time-stamping the original recordings across all the systems and playing them back synchronously for subsequent performance analysis. Progress on creating real-time data export methods which allow synchronous data recording and playback will be reported. Examples of studies carried out in archery, golf, motorsport, football and skiing will be discussed, with a focus on archery where: ¨ Measurements were taken from intermediate, county level, near elite and elite archers. ¨ Archery was chosen to demonstrate the real-time and in-situ quantification of neural activity compared with target-based measures of performance that archery provides, over a range of time-spans and skills. ¨ Results demonstrate that there are significant and measurable changes in EEG patterns during a shot with evidence suggesting that the patterns vary as a function of skill level, but not simply as a function of score. Significance of each of these studies for goal-directed learning and performance enhancement are discussed.

Keywords: EEG  Eye Tracking  Performance Analysis  Sports Skills  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Williams, K. (2006, August). A comparative experimental treatment outcome study: Female survivors of sexual assault suffering from posttraumatic stress disorder, depression, and trauma-related guilt – self-report and psychophysiological measures. Trinity Western University, Langley, British Columbia, CAN.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Diverse psychotherapeutic approaches for treating trauma-related sequelae have emerged over the last several decades in response to the widespread prevalence of sexual assault and resultant posttraumatic stress disorder among women (PTSD). In a recent formal study (Grace, 2003), a newer treatment called one eye integration (OEI) has been shown to be effective for traumatized individuals. The purpose of this study was to build upon those findings by comparing the effectiveness of two treatments for reducing PTSD symptoms with a breathing, relaxation, autogenics, imagery, and grounding (BRAIN) control condition. Twenty-seven female rape or sexual assault survivors who met the criteria for PTSD according to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders-Text-Revision, (DSM-IV-TR; APA, 2000) were randomly assigned to three groups: (a) a neurologically-based therapy called OEI, (b) an information processing model referred to as cognitive processing therapy-revised (CPT-R), or (c) a control condition (BRAIN), PTSD, depression, and trauma-related guilt symptoms were assessed pretreatment, posttreatment and at 3-month follow up, and qualitative electroencephalography (qEEG) brainwave patterns of two regions of the scalp (frontal and parietal) were measured pre and posttreatment. The following dependent measures were used: Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS), Beck Depression Inventory II (BDI-II), and t he Trauma-Related Guilt Inventory (TRGI). Though there were no significant differences in PTSD symptoms between groups from pretreatment to post treatment assessments, a significant difference occurred between pretreatment and 3-month follow up, with OEI manifesting greater reductions than CPT-R or BRAIN. There were no significant differences between groups in depression, but there was a reduction in BDI-II scores over time. Reduction in guilt-related symptoms occurred on several scales and subscales for all three groups over time from pretreatment of posttreatment assessments, though not significantly by group. A significant difference was found for the Global Guilt subscale at 3-month follow up, with greater improvement for the OEI group. Preliminary results from cortical brain activity assessments indicate typical qEEG asymmetry patterns for PTSD and depression, though there were no significant group differences apart from minor post hoc analyses. Implications of these findings for clinical work and directions for future research were discussed.

Keywords: Depression  Female  Guilt  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Sexual Assault  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. Tofani, L. R. (2007). Complex separation, individuation processes, and anxiety disorders in young adulthood. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 265-283). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Research has shown that anxiety in children is highly influenced by parenting style, perception of family support (Rapee & Melville, 1997), and family relational patterns. Social Anxiety Disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 1994) is considered to be a common disorder in young adults. According to Shapiro's (1995, 2001) Adaptive Information Processing model, a neurotic symptomatic situation in a young adult with an unfinished separation process may be connected to unresolved separations and other past traumas. This chapter discusses research and clinical evidence, and treatment of young adults with complex separation problems. Integration of family systems therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) is discussed. In this integrated treatment procedure, family therapy follows the experiential family systems therapy approach (Giat Roberto, 1992; Napier & Whitaker, 1978), with elements of multigenerational and Structural Family Therapy styles (Bowen, 1978; Minuchin & Fishman, 1992). The EMDR standard protocol is followed. A case example and concluding discussion complete the chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Family Relations  Family Systems Therapy  Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  Individuation  Integrative Psychotherapy  Separation Anxiety  Separation Individuation  Separation Problems  Separation Reactions  Structural Family Therapy  Young Adulthood  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. West, E. (1994). Containers:  The use of cognitive interweaves with cognitions obtained at intake. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(3), 13-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Collecting information properly at intake is one of the most important steps we can make in preparing to use EMDR with ourpatients. A thorough psychosocial history and interview help to highlight many possible targets and events by which an effective course of treatment may be created. During this preliminary phase, we are also looking for the patient's self described strengths, weaknesses, goals, expectations, motivations, support systems, and limitations. It is possible, given the aforementioned areas of interest, that abreactive material may arise before the completion of intake. If this happens, what steps may be taken?

Keywords: Cognitive Interweaves  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Olson, M., & Lackie, B. (2002). Contextual family therapy. In R. A. DiTomasso, & E. A. Gosch (Eds.), Comparative Treatments for Anxiety Disorders, (pp. 160-180). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders  Anxiety Problems  Contextual Family Therapy  Family Systems Perspective  Family Therapy  Systems Theory  Multigenerational Perspective  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Pagani, M., Högberg, G., Fernandez, I., & Siracusano, A. (2013). Correlates of EMDR therapy in functional and structural neuroimaging: A critical summary of recent findings. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(1), 29-38. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.1.29.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Neuroimaging investigations of the effects of psychotherapies treating posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), have reported findings consistent with modifications in cerebral blood flow (CBF; single photon emission computed tomography [SPECT]), in neuronal volume and density (magnetic resonance imaging [MRI]), and more recently in brain electric signal (electroencephalography [EEG]). Additionally in the recent past, EMDR- related neurobiological changes were monitored by EEG during therapy itself and showed a shift of the maximal activation from emotional limbic to cortical cognitive brain regions. This was the first time in which neurobiological changes occurring during any psychotherapy session have been reported, making EMDR the first psychotherapy with a proven neurobiological effect. The purpose of this article was to review the results of functional and structural changes taking place at PTSD treatment and presented during the period of 1999–2012 by various research groups. The reported pathophysiological changes are presented by neuropsychological technique and implemented methodology and critically analyzed.

Keywords: EEG  Limbic System  MRI  Neurobiology  SPECT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Shapiro, F., Lake, K., & Norcross, J. C. (2003, November). Desensibilización y reprocesamiento por movimientos oculares (EMDR): Un tratamiento integrador para el trauma [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as an integrative treatment for trauma]. Revista de Psicotrauma para Iberoamérica, 2(3), 4-12.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR es un método psicoterapéutico integrador que ha sido designado oficialmente una forma efectiva de tratamiento para el trastorno de estrés postraumático en la comunidad internacional. El EMDR de ocho fases proporciona un método eficiente, estructurado y seguro para hacer frente a los efectos nocivos de los eventos traumáticos. Varios aspectos del método EMDR, incluyendo su capacidad para hacer frente a los componentes múltiples de la experiencia del trauma (creencias, emociones, sensaciones fisiológicas), han hecho un llamamiento a los psicoterapeutas de diversas orientaciones teóricas. Aunque existen muchas similitudes entre el método EMDR y otros sistemas de las psicoterapias, EMDR es un enfoque distinto, debido, en parte, al uso de un modelo de procesamiento de información para explicar la psicopatología. Protocolos EMDR incorporan una combinación única de elementos que se piensa extender los resultados positivos del tratamiento. [Autor Resumen]

EMDR is an integrative psychotherapeutic approach that has been officially designated an effective form of treatment for PTSD within the international community. The eight-phase EMDR provides an efficient, structured, and safe method for addressing the deleterious effects of traumatic events. Various aspects of EMDR, including its ability to address the multiple experiential components of trauma (beliefs, emotions, physiological sensations), have appealed to psychotherapists of diverse theoretical orientations. Though many similarities exist between EMDR and other systems of psychotherapies, EMDR is a distinct approach due, in part, to its use of an information processing model to explain psychopathology. EMDR's protocols incorporate a unique combination of elements that are thought to extend positive treatment outcomes. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapeutic Processes  PTSD  Stressor  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Softic, R, & Becirovic, E, (2009, Septembra). Desenzitizacija pokretima ociju i reprocesiranje (EMDR): Kada su rijeci nemocne [Desensitization of eye movements and reprocessing (EMDR): When words are disabled]. Prvi Psihoterapijski Simpozijum Bosne I Hercegovine Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina.

Language: Serbian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neki ljudi doţive traumatska stanja koja ne mogu u potpunosti opisati rijeĉima. Mnogi od njih nikada ni ne progovore o tome što su doţivjeli. Ali patnja se u njima nastavlja i organizam, a ĉesto i okolina plaćaju ogromnu cijenu. U takvim sluĉajevima psihoterapija koja koristi rijeĉi je nemoćna. Istraţivanja upućuju da jedna, relativno nova psihoterapijska metoda desenzitizacija pokretima oĉiju i reprocesiranje (EMDR), moţe pomoći i takvim osobama. Kada neko iskusi ozbiljnu psihološku traumu, ĉini se da dolazi do narušavanja ravnoteţe u nervnom sistemu. Ta ravnoteţa je, moguće, narušena i posredstvom razliĉitih medijatora poput adrenalina, serotonina, dopamina, kortizola itd. Zbog takve neravnoteţe onemogućeno je optimalno funkcioniranje sistema za procesiranje informacija, a informacije vezane uz traumatiĉan dogaĊaj poput slika, zvukova, afekata i fiziĉkih senzacija se zadrţavaju u disfunkcionalnom, uznemirujućem obliku. Danas izranja shvatanje da postoji неуролошки balans u razliĉitim fiziološkim sistemima što omogućuje da informacije budu procesirane na adaptivan naĉin. EMDR kod nekih traumatiziranih djeluje ĉak i kada osoba ne moţe govoriti o tome što je preţivjela. Ono što je bitno jeste da se fokusira na traumatski dogaĊaj i da suraĊuje sa terapeutom u procesu stimulisanja dualne paţnje što omogućava adaptivno procesiranje informacija. Adaptivno procesiranje znaĉi uspostavljanje adekvatnih asocijacija i pojavu da iskustvo biva konstruktivno ugraĊeno u pozitivne kognitivne i emocionalne sheme pojedinca. Odnosno, oslobaĊa od simptoma i omogućava da se nova iskustva doţive bez blokirajućeg uticaja traume.

Some people doţive traumatic conditions that can not fully describe in words. Many of them never to speak of it as doţivjeli. But the suffering in them continues and the body, and environment, and often pay a huge price. In such cases psychotherapy that uses words of the powerless. Research suggests that a relatively new psychotherapeutic methods desensitization and reprocessing eye movement (EMDR), and can help such people. When someone has experienced serious psychological trauma, it seems that there is a violation of equilibrium in the nervous system. This equilibrium is possible, and disrupted through a variety of mediators such as adrenaline, serotonin, dopamine, cortisol, etc.. Because of such imbalance prevented the optimal functioning of the system for information processing and information related to traumatic an event such as images, sounds, physical sensations and affects it retains in the dysfunctional, disturbing form. It emerges that there is understanding of neurological balance in different physiological systems, which allows information to be processed on adaptive manner. EMDR works by some traumatized even when the person can not talk about what is preţivjela. What is important is to focus on the traumatic events and to co-operate with the therapist in the process of stimulating the attention of the dual provides adaptive information processing. Adaptive processing means getting the right associations and the emergence of the experience of being a built-in positive constructive cognitive and emotional schemas of the individual. That is, oslobaĊa of symptoms and allows for new experiences doţive without blocking effects of trauma.

Keywords: Doţ  ivjeli  Preţ  ivjela  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]

Keywords: Addiction  Addictions  Behavior Problems  Behavior Therapy  Bilateral Stimulation  Compulsions  Craving  Desensitization of Triggers  Dysfunctional Behaviors  Information Processing Model  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Urge Reduction Protocol  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Gelbach, R. A., & Davis, K. E. B. (2007). Disaster response: EMDR and family systems therapy under communitywide stress. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 387-404). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Disaster is commonly understood as an overwhelming misfortune that is not easily overcome or set right. Though our lives may go on after a disaster, it is virtually certain that they will have been transformed in some profound way. Nevertheless, it is very clear that not all who live through a disaster will be traumatized by it and that only a fraction of survivors will develop trauma-related disorders such as Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Societies that have resources and choose to use them to shore up the infrastructure quickly and effectively will buffer their populations from increasing levels of PTSD. The impact of disasters on family and societal function and intervention priorities are discussed here. Report of the Task Force (2002) of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies is summarized next. The chapter then discusses psychotherapy as a response to disaster. Two approaches to postdisaster psychotherapy that have adapted well in diverse cultural environments are Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 2001) and family systems approaches. The therapy process is presented next. Other topics here include family and cultural considerations and group treatment. A case example is presented. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Disaster Response  Disasters  Emotional Trauma  Family Systems Therapy  Family Therapy  Post Disaster Psychotherapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Stress  Society  Therapy Process  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. van der Hart, O., Nijenhuis, E. R. S., & Solomon, R. (2010). Dissociation of the personality in complex trauma-related disorders and EMDR: Theoretical considerations. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 4(2), 76-92. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.4.2.76.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been increasingly applied in complex trauma-related disorders, including complex dissociative disorders, and trauma-related borderline personality disorder, EMDR practice may benefit from theories developed to account for the dissociative nature of these disorders, such as the theory of structural dissociation of the personality (TSDP). TSDP postulates that the personality of traumatized individuals is unduly divided in two basic types of dissociative subsystems or parts. One type involves dissociative parts primarily mediated by daily life action systems or motivational systems. The other type involves dissociative parts, fixated in traumatic memories, primarily mediated by the defense action system. The more severe and chronic the traumatization, the more dissociative parts can be expected to exist. This article presents the basics of TSDP, and a second article will provide guidelines for the treatment of complex trauma-related disorders based on this theory.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociation  Dissociation of the Personality  Dissociative Disorders  Integration  Ohase-Oriented Treatment  Structural Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. van der Hart, O. (2011, March). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatisation and a guide to EMDR treatment. Preconference presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is currently consensus that the EMDR standard protocol needs to be modified for chronically traumatized clients, such as clients with complex dissociative disorders, as it may destabilize them. Therefore, therapists need to have a good understanding of the dissociative personality structure that exists in these clients. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality among two or more biopsychosocial systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences, are living in trauma-time. The more severe the traumatisation, the more dissociative parts, involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related phobias, which are systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Indeed, participants will be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets such as the dissociation-maintaining phobias, for EMDR interventions in the respective treatment phases. The emphasis will be on the preparatory work, including how to work with dissociative parts living in trauma-time and those perceived as being malevolent, necessary before focusing on the integration of traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissocation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. van der Hart, O. (2010, September/October). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatization and its treatment. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR treatment of complex trauma-related disorders may benefit from a clear understanding of the dissociative nature of these disorders. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality among two or more psychobiological systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences. The more severe the traumatization, the more dissociative parts, involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related phobias, which should be systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Participants will be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets for EMDR interventions in each of the three treatment phases in terms of overcoming specific phobias.

Keywords: Chronic Traumatization  Plenary  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Meneses, J. A. (2007). Efectividad del EMDR, en la reducción de la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes academicos, en las alumnas de los sextos cursos del instituto tecnológico “Eloy Alfaro”, de la ciudad de esmeraldas, durante el ano 2.006 [Effectiveness of EMDR in reducing extreme anxiety to academic examinations in the students of the sixth technical institute courses "Eloy Alfaro" emerald city, during the year 2006]. Universidad Central Del Ecuador, Facultad de Ciencias Psicologicas, Instituto Superior de Postgrado, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
El EMDR, es un método psicoterapéutico, efectivo para reducir la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes académicos, a niveles normales, en un 88.8%, de los casos, en 9.25 sesiones de tratamiento, como promedio, con un nivel de confianza del 95 y 99%, en las alumnas de los sextos cursos, del Instituto Tecnológico “Eloy Alfaro, de la ciudad de Esmeraldas, durante el año 2.006. OBJETIVOS DE APRENDIZAJE: 1. Demostrar que EMDR, es efectivo también para reducir la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes académicos. 2. Informar que EMDR, reduce además a niveles normales los sistemas de respuestas de ansiedad cognitiva, fisiológica, y motora y la ansiedad a la evaluación. 3. Concienciar que EMDR, provoca también cambios cognitivos, emocionales y conductuales, como por ejemplo, el aumento de la autoestima y de la autoeficacia. 4. Comunicar que, luego del estudio de seguimiento, se estableció que EMDR, es efectivo en la reducción de la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes, en forma estable, es decir sin que se produzcan recaídas o sustitución de síntomas

In this study, which is kind of explanation, then use the hypothetical-deductive method with a quasi-experimental design with experimental and control group, formed at random, with pre and post treatment, with statistical processing of data, with the Student t test, and ANOVA before and after treatment, and once tested the hypothesis, it was established that: EMDR is a psychotherapeutic method, effective in reducing extreme anxiety to academic tests to normal levels in 88.8% of the cases, treatment sessions 9.25, on average, with a confidence level of 95 and 99 % of pupils in the sixth course, the "Eloy Alfaro" Technological Institute in Esmeraldas City Ecuador during the year 2006. LEARNING OBJECTIVES: 1. Show that EMDR is also effective to reduce extreme anxiety to academic exams. 2. Report that EMDR also reduces systems to normal levels of anxiety responses cognitive, physiological, and motor and anxiety evaluation. 3. Awareness that EMDR also causes cognitive, emotional and behavioral, for example, increased self-esteem and self-efficacy. 4. Report that, after the follow-up study established that EMDR is effective in reducing extreme anxiety tests in stable form, ie without the occurrence of relapse or symptom substitution.

Keywords: Anxiety  Eloy Alfaro  Students  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. Meneses, J. A. (2007, Novembro). Efectividad del EMDR, en la reducción de la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes académicos, en las alumnas de los sextos cursos del instituto tecnológico “Eloy Alfaro”, de la ciudad de Esmeraldas, Ecuador, durante el año 2.006 [Effectiveness of EMDR in reducing extreme anxiety, academic tests, students in the sixth high school courses technological "Eloy Alfaro" City Esmeraldas, Ecuador, during the year 2006]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objetivos de aprendizaje: • Demostrar que EMDR es efectivo también para reducir la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes académicos. • Informar que EMDR reduce además a niveles normales los sistemas de respuestas de ansiedad cognitiva, fisiológica, y motora y la ansiedad a la evaluación. • Concienciar que EMDR provoca también cambios cognitivos, emocionales y conductuales, como por ejemplo: el aumento de la autoestima y de la autoeficacia. • Comunicar que luego del estudio de seguimiento, se estableció que EMDR, es efectivo en la reducción de la ansiedad extrema a los exámenes, en forma estable, es decir, sin que se produzcan recaídas o sustitución de síntomas.

Learning Objectives: • Demonstrate that EMDR is effective also for reduce extreme anxiety tests academics. • Inform that EMDR also reduces levels normal response systems cognitive anxiety, physiological, and motor and evaluation anxiety. • Raise awareness that EMDR also results cognitive, emotional and behavioral such as: increased self-esteem and self-efficacy. • Communicate that after the follow-up study established that EMDR is effective in reducing the extreme anxiety examinations, in a stable, ie without relapses occur or replacement of symptoms.

Keywords: Ecuador  Test Anxiety  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Cloitre, M. (2009, January). Effective psychotherapies for posttraumatic stress disorder: A review and critique. CNS Spectrums, 14(1, Supplement 1), 32-43 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This report reviews and critiques the psychotherapy literature for the treatment of PTSD and systematically presents data on sample size, rates of completion, and effect sizes. Substantial progress has been made in the use of cognitive behavioral therapies and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing for the resolution of PTSD. Innovations in PTSD treatments are identified. Further advances are needed in the treatment of populations with complex and chronic forms of PTSD such as those found in childhood abuse populations, refugee populations, and those experiencing chronic mental illness. The need to address comorbid emotional, social, and physical health consequences of trauma, to implement treatments in community-based settings, and to incorporate larger systems of care into study designs is noted. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy  Exposure Therapy  Literature Review  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  PTSD  Stressors  Survivors  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Dexter, B. A. (2006, September). Effective therapy with military and their families. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many more families are now affected dramatically by military service and combat. War is a disturbing experience for the service member and the family. Yet military culture is something that mental health providers do not receive training on in graduate school. Military medical systems tend to lead military families to expect certain services and knowledge when they seek help from a therapist. If military families are able to utilize military medical facilities they expect they providers to be experts on military culture. It is not neccssary however, for therapists to have served in the military in order to provide high quality service to military individuals and their families. The military community is an entire culture with many honorable customs and traditions. To fail to learn about military culture when working with military families would be tantamount to telling a client that ethnic minority issues were not worthy of therapeutic consideration. It is more critical now for mental health providers to learn about military culture because many Activated Reservists, National Guard and their families will need to receive mental health services outside of the structured military mental health setting. There is no one "central source" for military information needed by a clinician in order to provide the most effective therapy. In this workshop we will include up-todate handouts and referral sources for therapists serving military families. We will also identify how to use military culture knowledge to build rapport and to set up effective targets for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Families  Military  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Salvador, M. C. (2010). El trauma psicologico: Un proceso neurofisiologico con consecuencias psicologicas [Psychological trauma: A neurophysiological process with psychological consequences]. Revista de Psicoterapia, 20(80), 5-16.

Language: Spanish

Format: Journal

Abstract:
En este artículo se argumenta el impacto y las secuelas del trauma psicológico en el organismo y sus repercusiones a nivel neurofisiológico. El trauma psicológico, cuando se experimenta disociación, se registra en el sistema de memoria implícita y procedimental de manera somato-sensorial, manifestando alteraciones significativas en multitud de sistemas de funcionamiento fisiológico que posteriormente actúan como mecanismos de mantenimiento y recuerdo. Se presenta una base para el enfoque del trabajo terapéutico sobre los fenómenos fisiológicos como introducción y base al abordaje con técnicas neurofisiológicas como el EMDR y Brainspotting.

This article argues the impact and consequences of psychological trauma on the body and its impact on neurophysiological level. The psychological trauma when experiencing dissociation, is recorded in the system of implicit memory and procedural manner somatosensory, showing significant changes in many physiological functioning systems then act as maintenance mechanisms and memory. We present a basis for the focus of therapeutic work on the introduction and physiological phenomena based on the approach to neurophysiological techniques such as EMDR and Brainspotting.

Keywords: Neurophysiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Call, E., & Errebo, N. (1997, June). Embracing change:  Incorporating EMDR in clinical practice and systems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Practice  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Konuk, E., & Ergun, B. M. (2012, June). EMDR & complex post traumatic stress disorder [EMDR y Trastorno por estrés post-­‐traumático complejo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Complex Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (C-­‐PTSD) is a psychological injury that results from protracted and repeated exposure to traumatic stressor. Though the literature in recent years presented and published papers on C-­‐PTSD, the category is under consideration for inclusion in DSM or ICD. PTSD descriptions fail to capture some of the core elements of C-­‐PTSD. Such elements include captivity, psychological fragmentation, the loss of a sense of safety, trust, and self-­‐ worth, as well as the tendency to be re-­‐victimized, and the loss of a coherent sense of self. It is this loss of a coherent sense of self, and the ensuing symptom profile, that most pointedly differentiates C-­‐PTSD from PTSD. Six clusters of symptom have been suggested for diagnosis of C-­‐PTSD. These are; 1. Alterations in regulation of affect and impulses 2. Alterations in attention or consciousness 3. Alterations in self-­‐perception 4. Alterations in relations with others 5. Somatization 6. Alterations in systems of meaning The aim of this workshop is to present C-­‐PTSD and the use of EMDR treatment of a severely disturbed young woman with unfinished bereavement for her mother lost 10 years ago, series of sexual abuse by 12 persons, rejection and emotional abuse by close family members. The case will be presented via DVD recordings of sessions.

El trastorno por estrés post-­‐traumático complejo (C-­‐TEPT) es una lesión psicológica consecuencia de una exposición prolongada y repetida a un estresor traumático. Si bien la literatura ha presentado y publicado trabajos sobre C-­‐TEPT en los últimos años, la categoría se encuentra sometida a debate para su inclusión en el DSM o CIE. Las descripciones de TEPT no captan algunos de los elementos esenciales de C-­‐ TEPT. Dichos elementos incluyen la fragmentación psicológica, la pérdida de una sensación de seguridad, confianza y valor propio de la persona, así como la tendencia a sufrir nuevas victimizaciones y la pérdida de un sentido coherente del yo. Es precisamente esta pérdida un sentido coherente del yo y el perfil sintomatológico consecuente, lo que diferencia más marcadamente el C-­‐TEPT del TEPT. Se han planteado los siguientes seis grupos (“clusters”) de síntomas para el diagnóstico de C-­‐TEPT: 1. Alteraciones de la regulación del afecto e impulsos 2. Alteraciones de la atención o conocimiento 3. Alteraciones de la auto-­‐percepción 4. Alteraciones de las relaciones con terceros 5. Somatización Alteraciones de los sistemas de significado El objetivo que persigue este taller es el de presentar el C-­‐TEPT y el empleo del tratamiento con EMDR de una joven gravemente perturbada con duelo incompleto por la pérdida de su madre hacía 10 años, una serie de abusos sexuales por parte de 12 personas, el rechazo y abuso emocional por parte de familiares cercanos. Se presentará el caso mediante las grabaciones en DVD de las sesiones.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  C-PTSD  Complex PSTD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Shapiro, F. (2005, December). EMDR and adaptive information processing: Clinical applications and case conceptualization. Presentation at the 5th Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Anaheim, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: EMDR is guided by the Adaptive Information Processing paradigm, which differentiates it from other forms of psychotherapy. The implications of this paradigm will be explored in relation to a variety of recent clinical case studies and research reports. Questions from participants will be used to explore potential clinical applications.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Adolescents  AIP  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Therapy  Females  Integrative Psychotherapy  Memories  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Self Concept  Video  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Siegel, I. R. (2000, September). EMDR and energy medicine: An integrative approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) develop an understanding of the role that energy medicine can play within the context of the EMDR protocol; 2) develop an understanding of the dynamic relationship between our physiology, our emotions, and our Human Energy Field; 3) identify the chakra systems and the levels of electro-magnetic frequency that exist within the Human Energy Field, and its relationshop to developmental theory; 4) demonstrate an ability to identify vibrational patterns of emotional trauma within the HEF; 5) develop an understanding of the role of EMDR as an effective tool in creating a bridge between science, psychotherapy, and spirituality; and 6) learn to apply effective techniques for integrating the technology of energy medicine into an EMDR practice.

Keywords: Chakra System  Energy Medicine  Energy Psychology  HEF  Human Energy Field  Vibrational Patterns  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Sitting, K. J. (2008, August). EMDR and hypnotherapy. Presentation at the Pre-European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treat the trauma without treating the trauma The common opinion is that you can not resolve a trauma simply by installation of resources. Resource activation effectuates the stabilization of the patient before starting the trauma treatment. But if the resources are tailored exactly fitting the trauma–action–system that decreases the trauma arousal (SUD) or even resolves it completely. The author could find this to be true in many cases in his psychotherapeutic work. The patients feel secure in their private sphere, because it is neither necessary to describe the traumatic experiences absorbed nor to experience them again! This method is based on the target–focused sensitization of Resources–Ego-States (SUR–scale) exactly consistent with the trauma experience. Therefore it is necessary to define a new paradigm and a new scale: EMDR generates or reinforces resource– action–systems. To measure the arousal of the resources use the SUR–scale, Subjective Units of Resources. The author shortly describes and explains his model of hypno–systemic trauma therapy, the psycho–physiological and the neuro–physiological model. The integration of EMDR and hypno–systemic trauma therapy effectuates another benefaction: The therapist activates his own resources in his everyday work!

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Sitting, K. J. (2008, September). EMDR and hypnotherapy: Integration of EMDR and hypnotherapy. An innovative, highly- efficient, resources – based method for PTSD - treatment [EMDR und hypnotherapie]. Pre-congress presentation on EMDR at the European Congress of Hypnosis, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treat the trauma without treating the trauma The common opinion is that you can not resolve a trauma simply by installation of resources. Resource activation effectuates the stabilization of the patient before starting the trauma treatment. But if the resources are tailored exactly fitting the trauma–action–system that decreases the trauma arousal (SUD) or even resolves it completely. The author could find this to be true in many cases in his psychotherapeutic work. The patients feel secure in their private sphere, because it is neither necessary to describe the traumatic experiences absorbed nor to experience them again! This method is based on the target–focused sensitization of Resources–Ego-States (SUR–scale) exactly consistent with the trauma experience. Therefore it is necessary to define a new paradigm and a new scale: EMDR generates or reinforces resource– action–systems. To measure the arousal of the resources use the SUR–scale, Subjective Units of Resources. The author shortly describes and explains his model of hypno–systemic trauma therapy, the psycho–physiological and the neuro–physiological model. The integration of EMDR and hypno–systemic trauma therapy effectuates another benefaction: The therapist activates his own resources in his everyday work! Previous knowledge is not necessary.

Keywords: Hypnotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Knudsen, N. J. (2006, September). EMDR and the treatment of chronic relationship problems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A history of failed or disappointing relationships is a primary symptom for many clients. Bowen Theory is a family systems model that offers a conceptual roadmap for working with individuals, as well as families on enhancing the capacity to be a Self, while staying in healthy connection to others. The theory helps guide clear thinking about how the emotional system works within a multigenerational frame and offers concepts that predict human relational behavior over time. Yet, as we know, intellectual understanding can only bring us so far without the kind of whole brain integration that can be so swiftly brought about with EMDR treatment. By integrating the Adaptive Information Processing Model and the EMDR approach with Bowen Theory, this treatment model facilitates a client learning to have a whole new experience in their significant relationships. This workshop will provide a basic overview of Bowen Theory. An integrative model using Bowen Theory and EMDR will then be described, followed by an in-depth case analysis illustrating the approach. The treatment includes an extensive assessment of the family system, the selection and processing of EMDR targets causing high levels of reactivity involving closeness to others, coaching to re-work and repair significant relationships in the family of origin, and finally the targeting of present day triggers in a newly forming relationship.

Keywords: Bowen Theory  Relationship Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. Horacek, C. (2005, Winter). EMDR as a therapeutic tool. The Conejo Connection, 4(1), 2-4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The main feature of EMDR is that by bilaterally stimulating the brain trauma, phobias and other disturbing experiences are “reprocessed” to move from one part of the brain to the higher-thinking cortical structures of the brain, and seem to lose their power to be disturbing. This is the “eye movement” part. In EMDR, the therapist moves their fingers back and forth in front of the client’s face and the client watches by moving their eyes (not turning their head) left right, left right. However, it has since been discovered that any type of bilateral stimulation works—auditory, tactile, even walking up and down, as the body moves first the left leg and then the right.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Preston, J. (2000, September). EMDR as an approach to systems work. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) review basic tenants of systems theory and its application to family or couple therapy; 2) know several important aspects of using EMDR with couples and families, such as safety issues, selection of EMDR targets; and decisions about who should be present during sessions; 3) learn ways to apply systems thinking to work with individuals; and 4) review using EMDR in light of a systemic approach to individual work.

Keywords: Couple Therapy  Family Therapy  Safety Issues  Systems Theory  Targeting  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Shapiro, F. (2002). EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach:  Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism. Washington, DC:  American Psychological Association Books.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Beyond the talking cure: somatic experience and subcortical imprints in the treatment of trauma; The developing mind and the resolution of trauma: some ideas about information processing and an interpersonal neurobiology of psychotherapy; EMDR and psychoanalysis; EMDR and cognitive-behavior therapy: exploring convergence and divergence; Combining EMDR and schema-focused therapy: the whole may be greater than the sum of the parts; EMDR: an elegantly concentrated multimodal procedure?; EMDR and hypnosis; EMDR and experiential psychotherapy; Feminist therapy and EMDR: theory meets practice; EMDR in conjunction with family systems therapy; Transpersonal psychology, eastern nondual philosophy, and EMDR; Integration and EMDR.

Keywords: Adults  Psychotherapy  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Stressors  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee. Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen. De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop. Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ? Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities. In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten. Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu. Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen. Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.

In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions. Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals. The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first. How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist? A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions. In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist. A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality. A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed. A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.

Keywords: Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Manfield, P. (2003). EMDR casebook:  Expanded (2nd Ed.). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book picks up where formal EMDR training leaves off. Research has now shown that EMDR is powerfully effective in the treatment of residual psychological effects of a single-incident trauma. Through case studies, this book explores other areas where EMDR may be helpful, including long-term childhood abuse and complex PTSD. The eleven case reports illustrate the application of EMDR to a broad range of cases. The many clinical transcripts will help newly trained EMDR clinicians fell comfortable using EMDR with their clients and provide models for experienced EMDR clinicians to broaden their use of EMDR. The clear explanations of the treatment processes will demystify EMDR for both clinicians and clients.
The introduction includes basic descriptions of EMDR and the accelerated information processing model, as well as definitions of its terminology. Each of the following chapters begins with a discussion of the contributors background, the principles of the traditional treatment approach used before incorporating EMDR, and the ways he or she has integrated EMDR into that approach. The contributors, who represent various orientations, including psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, and systems, demonstrate the importance of procedural fidelity while extending EMDR protocols.

Keywords: Miscellanous  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Sterpone, R., & Paiuzzi, E. (2008, Novembre). EMDR come momento di ulteriore integrazione professionale tra differenti operatori di cura di un ospedale infantile [EMDR as a moment of further integration between vocational different operators care children's hospital]. Presentazione Le applicazioni cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La presentazione si propone di “raccontare” come l’EMDR sia diventata, in un ospedale infantile, strumento di ulteriore integrazione professionale tra i differenti operatori di cura. L’EMDR viene utilizzata, infatti, non solo con bambini e adolescenti che giungono nella Struttura Operativa di Psicologia, ma viene richiesta dai medici dei vari reparti per i pazienti, ed eventualmente per i loro familiari, ricoverati in seguito ad esposizione ad eventi critici. L’intervento con EMDR viene, inoltre, effettuato con alcuni genitori i cui figli sono ricoverati in merito a malattie gravi o croniche. Gli stessi operatori di cura, in seguito ad eventi potenzialmente traumatici in ambito lavorativo, vengono aiutati con gruppi di debriefing, e, se necessario, con l’EMDR per riprocessare situazioni dolorose, ritrovare benessere e funzionalità lavorativa. Operatori di cura differenti, sistemi conoscitivi$differenti, ma insieme… insieme per cocostruire con il paziente e la sua famiglia una nuova narrativa ed aiutarli ad attribuire nuovi significati ad esperienze dolorose o fallimentari.

The presentation aims to "tell" how EMDR has become, in a children's hospital, tool for further integration between the different operators of professional care. EMDR is used, in fact, not only with children and adolescents who come in the Structure Works on psychology, but is required by doctors of various departments for patients, and possibly for their families, hospitalized after exposure to critical events. Intervention with EMDR is also made with some parents whose children are hospitalized on serious or chronic illnesses. Operators themselves to care, in the aftermath of potentially traumatic in employment, are helped with groups of debriefing, and, if necessary, with EMDR for reprocess painful situations, to find wellness and functionality work. Operators care ifferent cognitive systems different, but together ... together with the patient and cocostruire its family a new narrative and help to give new meaning to experiences painful or unsuccessful.

Keywords: Children  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Baita, S. (2012, June). EMDR en niños con trastornos disociativos [EMDR in children with dissociative disorders]. Pre-Conference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sandra Baita will describe the case of a dissociative girl whose traumatization was a consequence of early exposure to chronic sexual abuse by her father. In this case, Dr. Baita will explain the challenge of working with systems surrounding the child other than the family, for example, the Justice System. She will focus on the paramount importance of the first stage of treatment and the achievement of external security when working with severely traumatized children. Dr. Baita will offer for discussion with the attendees, the development of a treatment plan for this dissociative girl using EMDR during the therapeutic stages of security and stability, working with traumatic memories, and integration.

Sandra Baita expondrá el caso de una niña con un trastorno disociativo en el cual la traumatización ha sido consecuencia de la exposición temprana a abuso sexual por parte del padre. En este caso, la Dra. Baita explicará el desafío que implica trabajar con otros sistemas además del familiar, tales como el sistema de Justicia. Ilustrará además la relevancia que adquiere la primera etapa del tratamiento y el establecimiento de un contexto real de seguridad externa en el tratamiento de niños severamente traumatizados, y mostrará, para su discusión con los asistentes, el desarrollo del tratamiento exhaustivo de esta niña utilizando EMDR a lo largo de las etapas de seguridad y estabilidad, trabajo con las memorias traumáticas e integración.

Keywords: Children  Dissociative Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

62. Kaslow, F. W., Nurse, A. R., & Thompson, P. (2002). EMDR in conjunction with family systems therapy. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 289-318). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The field of family therapy seemed to coalesce around 1960, although some of the early pioneers were already conducting and writing about family systems and treating multipatient units before then. This chapter offers a brief overview of the field and then provides case studies in which EMDR is the primary treatment methodology, used within a family systems perspective, or both. [Text, p. 289]TOPICS TREATED: Evolution of the field (key concepts; various conceptual models); EMDR and family systems therapy (Case studies: EMDR used to break an impasse, EMDR used to facilitate effective coparenting during a divorce, EMDR used in a transgenerational transmission process; additional uses of EMDR with family systems therapy); EMDR and traditional thought in family systems therapy; Description of positive treatment effects of EMDR; How EMDR lets family therapists use what they know; How EMDR extends the outcomes of family therapy; Suggestions for strengthening EMDR; Using EMDR to investigate interesting areas in family therapy.

Keywords: Adults  Family Therapy  Life Experiences  Marital Problems  Psychotherapeutic Processes  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Silver, S. (2012, October). EMDR in the military: Trauma, attachment and families. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop provides participants with information on the unique nature of military service, including sources of stress and trauma not commonly found in the civilian sector. The current operational environment of the Global War on Terror as well as experiences and issues of veterans of other eras are covered. Military-based trauma can be complex and therapeutic approaches often need to take this into account as well as the value systems of military personnel. While EMDR is highly effective with service members, “fine tuning” of the protocol is often useful. Family problems in attachment are addressed.

Keywords: Attachment  Families, Military  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Hase, M. (2010, June). EMDR in the treatment of addiction - Reprocessing of the addiction memory. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse provides sufficient reason for treating patients, who are addicted, with EMDR while focusing on the PTSD diagnosis. However, there are several pathways leading to addiction, and PTSD is only one of them. Thirty years of addiction research have provided sufficient evidence for the crucial role of memory in drug dependency.
The Addiction Memory (AM) serves as a useful concept for "obsessive-compulsive craving" to be seen in drug addicted patients. The concept of an AM, and its importance in relapse occurrence and maintenance of learned addictive behaviour, has gained growing acceptance in the field of addiction research and treatment. The AM is interpreted as an individual-acquired memory following drug consumption in some individuals. The addiction memory is based on normal memory systems and systems of central nervous information processing. This is in accordance with the experience that the addiction memory can be activated at any time by relapse-endangering complexes as well as internal and/or external situations, which are experienced as cravings by the person in question. The implicit nature of the addiction memory seems to qualify it as a target for EMDR treatment.
Without adequate therapeutic interventions, it is hardly extinguishable, as shown in the animal model where a re-imprinting of the AM facilitated by steroids extinguished craving in opiate addicted rats. Thus, altering or extinguishing the AM in human addicts could add an important component to well-established treatment modalities. The reprocessing of the AM with EMDR should, thus, lead to measurable changes in addiction symptoms, if the AM qualifies for maladaptive memory within the AIP model. As the AM includes the urge to consume the drug being abused, more aptly named craving, reprocessing of the AM should lead to a reduction in craving.
Preliminary data demonstrates the efficacy to reduce craving in alcohol-addicted patients. Anecdotal reports from clinicians seem to indicate an effect of the reprocessing of the addiction memory in patients addicted to heroin or psycho-stimulants. According to research in the animal model, the same principles should apply.
There are, however, other aspects to addiction. Is there a difference between chemical dependency and other addictive behaviour? How much do we know already? What have we yet to discover? These questions lead to the direction of developing a comprehensive EMDR approach in the treatment of addictions.

Keywords: Addiction  Keynote  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Sautai, G. (2011, June). EMDR intensive therapy (EMDRIT). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapeutic Process seems to be blocked for some patients with strong Developmental Disorders or exposed to Disturbing Early Life Experiences (Bessel A. van der Kolk). A specific approach during EMDR Intensive Therapy (EMDRIT) using the Case Conceptualisation (Andrew Leeds), based on the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Francine Shapiro), the Attachment Theory (John Bowlby) and the Useful and Necessary Renouncement Principe (Judith Viorst) allow those patients to progress. As a pilot experience, we have been able to use this EMDRIT framework with 64 clients. Their complex disorders included, for each of them, at least 3 of the following symptoms: Anxiety, depression, primary structural dissociation, alcohol addiction, eating behaviour disorders, travel phobia, emotional numbing, affective isolation, hypochondria, phantom limb syndrome, fibromyalgia, cancer, psychological or physical abuse survivor, perpetrator of violent aggressions. For the 25 first clients, we have used the PCL-S (pathology threshold > 44) test. Their pre-treatment average score was 70. It dropped to 28 after EMDRIT treatment, down to 26 after 3 months and stabilised at 29 after 1 year. These first results allowed us to define a target population and an adapted protocol that provides client safety, efficiency and result sustainability. For the 39 next clients, we measured a decrease of the SCL-90-R (pathology threshold > 1,5) test score from 3 before treatment down to 1,4 after treatment, 1,2 after 3 months and 1,3 after 1 year. We measure efficiency on 87% of the clients and a suppression of 80% of the symptoms after 1 year. At the same time, a control cohort of 20 people with identical pathologies saw their score drop from 3 to 2,3 with the same treatment time, using the standard EMDR protocol. From this preliminary result, we are developing some research hypothesis: •Selection criteria for EMDRIT, based on the patient ability accessing Adaptive Memory Networks (AMN). •The Targeting Sequence Plan, seen as an expression of the Dysfunctional Memory Networks (DMN). •The importance of the client emotional Window Of Tolerance (WOT) for the efficiency of the Adaptive Information Processing system. •Epigenetic show possible structural brain modifications by rehabilitation of fluid links across the 3 levels of the brain (reptilian, limbic and neo-cortical). These changes are immediate and permanent. •Need to standardize appropriate scale for database, in order to foster international research and results sharing. We sea AIP model as an opportunity to move from an analytic and sequential approach to a systemic and integrative approach based on Complex System for a global understanding.

Keywords: EMDR Intensive Therapy  EMDRIT  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Paulsen, S. L. (2004, September). EMDR master series - II: Ego state therapy and EMDR: Activating, modifying and containing dissociated neural networks. Invited master series lecture at the annual meeting the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Chronic childhood trauma may lead to chronic dissociation which in turn produces a highly conflicted self-structure. Since conflicted self systems may not process smoothly in EMDR, it behooves practitioners to assess for degree of dissociation and other “red flag” indicators prior to EMDR. To work with clients with conflicted selves, the practitioner needs a means to access disowned parts of self. Although Ego State Therapy (EST) is based upon psychoanalytic theory, it is not slow as psychoanalytic treatment is. EST is a way to rapidly access internal structures, mediate conflicts, navigate around defenses and mobilize resources. Therefore EST is ideal as either: 1) a cognitive interweave in EMDR looping; or 2) as part of a preparation for clients in the high end of the dissociative continuum (the ACT-AS-IF approach). This workshop will illustrate case formulation and EMDR preparation and processing using the concepts above.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy  Master Series  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Saêta, L. B. (2012, Novembro). EMDR no tratamento da dor e das sensações fantasmas [EMDR in the treatment of pain and phantom sensations]. In EMDR e dor crônica. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sujeitos vítimas de amputação podem apresentar, imeditamente após a mesma, algum tipo de desconforto no membro ausente, descrito como formigamento, dormência, posição do membro, temperatura, latejamento, choque e apertamento que podem manifestar-se com a presença ou não de dor, tendo sua qualidade de vida reduzida. Observa-se que atualmente, as abordagens terapêuticas usadas no manejo da dor e das sensações fantasmas podem ser organizadas em três modalidades: medicamentosa, de apoio e cirúrgica, feitas em conjunto ou separadamente. Os tratamentos de apoio mais conhecidos incluem estimulação elétrica nervosa transcutânea, terapia vibratória, acupuntura, hipnose e biofeedback. A proposta desse estudo foi verificar a eficiência do EMDR na redução e/ou eliminação das sensações e da dor fantasmas aplicado a seis sujeitos com amputação de membro inferior, num período de um a três meses de duração (de 4 a 12 sessões de 60 a 90 minutos de duração), utilizando o protocolo EMDR padrão e o protocolo EMDR para a dor, e também exercícios corporais de respiração consciente, aliados, em casos de resistência dos sujeitos ao EMDR, à ativação da visão macular dos dois olhos e a exercícios rítmicos de espernear. Tais procedimentos proporcionaram uma melhor comunicação entre os hemisférios cerebrais, numa reorganização cortical que facilitou o aumento da consciência e aceitação da perda do membro amputado, sendo possível presenciar efeitos terapêuticos positivos e rápidos. Constatou-se que as sensações e as dores fantasmas diminuíram significativamente em três participantes e desapareceram por completo nos outros três, comprovando a eficácia e eficiência do EMDR no processo de inclusão e readaptação social em sujeitos vítimas de amputação.

Subjected victims of amputation may have, immediately after it, some kind of discomfort absent member, described as tingling, numbness, limb position, temperature, throbbing, clenching and shock that may occur with the presence or absence of pain, having a reduced quality of life. It is observed that currently, the therapeutic approaches used in the management of pain and phantom sensations can be organized into three types: medication, and surgical support, made ​​jointly or separately. The most popular treatments include support transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation, vibratory therapy, acupuncture, hypnosis and biofeedback. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of EMDR in the reduction and / or elimination of phantom sensations and pain applied to six subjects with lower limb amputation in a period of one to three months duration (4 to 12 sessions of 60 to 90 minutes), using the standard EMDR protocol and the protocol EMDR for pain, and also body conscious breathing exercises, combined, in cases of resistance to the subject of EMDR, the activation of macular vision in both eyes and rhythmic exercises kicking . These procedures allow for a better communication between the cerebral hemispheres, cortical reorganization in which facilitated the increased awareness and acceptance of the loss of the amputated limb, and you can witness the positive therapeutic effects and fast. It was found that the sensations and phantom pain significantly decreased in three participants and disappeared completely in the other three, proving the efficiency and effectiveness of EMDR in the process of inclusion and social rehabilitation of victims subject to amputation.

Keywords: Amputation  Phantom Pain  Phantom Sensation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Santarnecchi, E., & Bossini, L. (2011, June). EMDR research on special populations - Cortical and subcortical volumetric changes after EMDR treatment in PTSD. Presentation at the 12th European Conference on Traumatic Stress (ECOTS), Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Cortical Volumetric Changes  Research  Subcortical Volumetric Changes  Special Populations  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Beougher, F. (2005, January). EMDR shows positive results in treating PTSD. The Tennessee Veteran, 1(2), 3.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
“Eye Movement Desensitizing and Reprocessing” or EMDR, is an innovative treatment for psychological disorders such as PTSD, first discovered and developed by California psychologist Francine Shapiro, PhD. in the 1980’s. EMDR uses eye movements to turn on memory processing systems that are normally activated by Rapid Eye Movement (RIM) during periods of sleep. During REM, our brains are processing memories, deciding what to keep and what to discard. However, when the brain attempts to process traumatic memories, the intense emotions often associated by them causes the sleeper to have nightmares and wake up before the memory can be processed. The results can be continued nightmares, flashbacks, insomnia, depression, and anxiety. Normally, with just a few treatments, EMDR can help the brain to process the traumatic memories by initiating RIM while the patient is fully awake. For more information on EMDR visit: www.emdr.com

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Gomez, A. (2012, May). EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children: Complex trauma, attachment, and dissociation. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This is the first book to provide a wide range of leading-edge, step-by-step strategies for clinicians using EMDR therapy and adjunct approaches with children with severe dysregulation of the affective system. Written by an author internationally known for her innovative work with children, the book offers developmentally appropriate and advanced tools for using EMDR therapy in treating children with complex trauma, attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies, and compromised social engagement. The book also presents the theoretical framework for case conceptualization in EMDR therapy and in the use of the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model with children.
Principles and concepts derived from the Polyvagal Theory, affective neuroscience, attachment theory, interpersonal neurobiology, developmental neuroscience and the neurosequential model of therapeutics, which can greatly support and expand our understanding of the AIP model and complex trauma, are presented. The text also offers an original and pioneering EMDR therapy-based model to working with parents with abdicated caregiving systems. The model is directed at assisting parents in developing the ability for mentalization, insightfulness, and reflective capacities linked to infant's development of attachment security.
A unique and innovative feature of this book is the masterful integration of strategies from other therapeutic approaches, such as Play therapy, Sandtray therapy, Sensorimotor psychotherapy, Theraplay and Internal Family Systems (IFS), into a comprehensive EMDR treatment maintaining appropriate adherence to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology.
Key Features: •Provides creative, step-by-step, "how-to" information about the use of EMDR therapy with children with complex trauma from an internationally known and innovative leader in the field •Explores thoroughly the eight phases of EMDR therapy in helping children with attachment wounds, dissociative tendencies and high dysregulatio •Incorporates adjunct approaches into a comprehensive EMDR therapy while maintaining fidelity to the AIP model and EMDR therapy methodology •Contains an original EMDR therapy-based model for helping parents with abdicated caregiving systems to develop metalizing and reflective capacities

Keywords: Adjunct Approaches  Attachment  Children  Dissociation  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Hase, M. (2010, June). EMDR to treat substance abuse and addiction. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The comorbidity of PTSD and substance abuse provides sufficient reason for treating patients, who are addicted, with EMDR while focusing on the PTSD diagnosis. However, there are several pathways leading to addiction, and PTSD is only one of them. Thirty years of addiction research have provided sufficient evidence for the crucial role of memory in drug dependency. The Addiction Memory (AM) serves as a useful concept for "obsessive-compulsive craving" to be seen in drug addicted patients. The concept of an AM, and its importance in relapse occurrence and maintenance of learned addictive behaviour, has gained growing acceptance in the field of addiction research and treatment. The AM is interpreted as an individual-acquired memory following drug consumption in some individuals. The addiction memory is based on normal memory systems and systems of central nervous information processing. This neurobiological-based, imprinted, addictive behaviour seems to resist change under normal circumstances. The implicit nature of the addiction memory seems to qualify it as a target for EMDR treatment.
In a pilot-study group, 34 patients with chronic alcohol dependency in in-patient treatment for detoxification were randomly assigned to one of two treatment conditions: treatment as usual (TAU) or TAU+EMDR. In the TAU+EMDR group, patients received two sessions of EMDR focussing on memories of intense craving or relapse in order to activate and reprocess the addiction memory. The craving for alcohol was measured by the Obsessive-Compulsive-Drinking-Scale (OCDS) pre, post, and 1 month after treatment. The TAU+EMDR group showed a significant reduction in craving post-treatment and 1 month after treatment whereas TAU did not. The TAU+EMDR group showed lower relapse rates at the six-month follow-up. The results indicate that EMDR might be a useful approach for the treatment of addiction memory and associated symptoms of craving (Hase et al. 2008). Anecdotal reports show results with opiate and stimulant addicted patients.
This Workshop will address the EMDR treatment of comorbid PTSD and focuses on the application of EMDR as an adjunct in addiction treatment. Targets for a comprehensive EMDR treatment plan will be explained. A video demonstration, self-experience and discussion of cases shall contribute to learning.
REFERENCES Boening, J. A. (2001). Neurobiology of an addiction memory. J Neural Transm 108(6): 755-65.
Hase, M., Schallmayer, S. and Sack, M (2008). "EMDR reprocessing of the addiction memory: Pre-treatment, post-treatment, and 1-month follow-up" J EMDR 2 (3), 170-179.

Keywords: Addiction Memory  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Substance Abuse  TAU  Treatment As Usual  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. Knipe, J. (2012, October). EMDR toolbox: Methods of extending EMDR to traumatized clients with significant vulnerability to dissociative abreaction and/or psychological defenses. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:The focus of this workshop will be to describe a theoretical framework, and specific EMDR-related therapy tools which may be useful during Janets Phase 2, the Phase of trauma processing, for multiply-traumatized clients with Complex PTSD. Points of similarity and difference will be described between the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model, and two other models of dissociation treatment: the Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality and the Internal Family Systems model. EMDR variations will be described which increase emotional safety, and thereby extend the use of EMDR to clients who might otherwise be vulnerable to the intrusion of overwhelming post-traumatic memory material. Through transcript and video examples, the Loving Eyes method (for safely accessing a traumatized Part), the Back-of-the-Head Scale (for measuring the degree of dissociative experience, moment-to-moment, in a therapy session), and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety (for maintaining emotional safety during the processing of a traumatic memory) will be presented. In addition, the structure and treatment of psychological defenses will be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the Loving Eyes method of developing a co-consciousness between an adult Part and a traumatized child Part. 2. Describe the clinical situations in which the use of the Back-of-the-Head Scale and the method of Constant Installation of Present Orientation and Safety would be likely to be helpful to a traumatized client. 3. Describe how psychological defense may be conceptualized within the Adaptive Information Processing model, and how defenses may be safely released, so that underlying post-traumatic material may be processed.

Keywords: Dissociative Abreaction  Psychological Defenses  Toolbox  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Tormey, M. E. (2003, May). EMDR treatment of children and adolescents with school refusal in the outpatient setting: The role of trauma resolution, imaginal exposure and in vivo desensitization and reprocessing resulting in student reintegration to the classroom. In EMDR with children and adolescents. Symposium conducted at the annual mmeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
School refusal behavior is defined as a child-motivated refusal to attend school, or difficulties remaining in school for the entire day. As a heterogeneous condition, it can encompass aspects of phobic-type responses or separation anxiety disorder. This condition interferes with the child’s development as it impacts upon academic performance, family and peer relationships in the short-term realm. Long-term effects may include fewer employment and educational opportunities, as well as the development of psychiatric sequelae. This presentation will describe the use of EMDR as a comprehensive treatment for the child or adolescent with school refusal. Case presentations will describe assessment of the problem, with treatment of targets in the individual child or as part of a family systems intervention. Highlights will be placed on the rapid resolution of school refusal behaviors through the processing of traumatic incidents, versus those conditions requiring a more extended and extensive treatment program. The creative implementation of in vivo EMDR will be described in the successful classroom reintegration of two students [Author abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Imaginal Exposure, In Vivo Desentization, Outpatient Setting  School Refusal  Student Reintegration  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Manon, M. (2007). EMDR Treatment of family abuse: Eye movement to "I" movement. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 95-110). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents an inside view of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) narrated by a client who was requested to tell her story to educate clinicians and clients so that others might be healed. The client's vivid account of her emotional history, along with the description of various memories targeted in treatment and the results of her processing sessions, provide an illustration of the therapy. Her emotional upheaval and adult relationships are a reflection of the cauldron of abuse, deceit, and chaos intrinsic to her family of origin. As indicated by the Adaptive Information Processing model, her symptoms were largely the result of the earlier negative experiences from childhood that were dysfunctionally stored in her brain. These memories had inherent within them the emotions and perspectives that generated her negative sense of self and inability to function happily in the world. The processing of the memories of these early events resulted in accelerated learning and a concomitant transmutation of her personal identity and self-efficacy. An addendum to the case by Kaslow elucidates the family systems perspective. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  Child Abuse  Cognitive Processes  Early Memories  Family Abuse  Family Systems Perspective  Memories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Jacobs, S., de Jong, A., & Strack, M. (2007). EMDR und biofeedback in der therapie posttraumatischer belastungsstörungen: Evaluation eines neuropsychotherapeutischen behandlungsprogramms [EMDR and biofeedback in the therapy of posttraumatic stress disorder: Evaluation of a neuropsychotherapeutic intervention]. VPP - Verhaltenstherapie & Psychosoziale Praxis, 39(4), 855-876.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eine neu entwickelte multimodale, neuropsychotherapeutic Programm für die Behandlung der Posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTBS) wurde ausgewertet. Ausgehend von neueren Erkenntnissen in der Forschung neuroscienctific, so dass eine Dissoziation zwischen impliziter und expliziter Trauma-Speicher die wichtigste Grundlage der PTBS ist, verschiedene Module wurden im Rahmen der Behandlung integriert anzuzeigen. Die vereinigten Komponenten sind: spezifische Hintergrundinformationen über die Unordnung und typische PTSD-Symptome, eine pädagogische Film für Patienten, spezifische kognitive Verhaltenstherapie und Biofeedback-Techniken unterstützte Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Das Ziel der Biofeedback-Sitzungen während EMDR ist es, den Patienten eine direkte Rückmeldung über die implizite Prozesse während der Trauma-Exposition. Darüber hinaus Erfassung der physiologischen Daten über Biofeedback ermöglicht das Testen, ob es eine Korrelation zwischen dem Grad der subjektiven Belastung durch traumatische Erinnerungen ausgelöst (quantifiziert mit der SUD-Skala), und messbare physiologische Erregung. Elektrodermale Aktivität (EDA; Hautleitfähigkeit) wurde als eine physiologische Parameter gemessen. Die Ergebnisse einer durchgeführten Pilot-Studie (16 Patienten auf der Grundlage, mit einem wartenden Gruppe als Kontrollgruppe) zeigen verschiedene EDA-Muster während EMDR-desensitivation (fad und assoziative Wiederaufbereitung). Ein offensichtlich Reduktion der PTBS-Symptome gefunden (d = 2,27) sein, die stärker ist als in anderen Behandlungen. Die traumatischen Erinnerungen mit EMDR behandelt wurde weniger Anstrengung, die ebenfalls reflektiert in der Physiologie (verminderte autonome Erregung) und in der subjektiven Belastung fühlte sich durch die Patienten. Die Kürzungen der Erregung (d = 1,01) und subjektive Belastung (d = 2,55) zeigen, dass eine effektive Hemmung der Aktivierung der Amygdala-und damit der Angstreaktion selbst-aufgrund der Intervention geschaffen. Mit EMDR reduziert die Amygdala physiologische Erregung. Wir vermuten, dass aus diesem Grund den medialen präfrontalen Kortex und im Hippocampus kann eine kortikale Inhibition, die erfolgreich reduziert die Angst-Reaktion (Grawe, 2004) zu etablieren. Die berichteten Ergebnisse wurden durch einen dreimonatigen Follow-up-Bewertung bestätigt. Mit einer durchschnittlichen Dauer von 16 Sitzungen und einer nicht vorhandenen Drop-out-Rate (0%), die Intervention erwiesen sich ebenfalls als sehr effizient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten)

A newly developed multimodal, neuropsychotherapeutic program for the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was evaluated. Starting from recent findings in the neuroscienctific research, which indicate that a dissociation between implicit and explicit trauma-memory is the main basis of PTSD, different modules were integrated within the treatment. The combined components are: specific background information regarding the disorder and typical PTSD-symptoms, an educational movie for patients, specific cognitive behavioral intervention techniques and biofeedback-supported Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The aim of using biofeedback during EMDR sessions is to give patients a direct feedback about the implicit processes during trauma-exposition. In addition, recording the physiological data via biofeedback allows testing if there is a correlation between the level of subjective strain, triggered by traumatic memories (quantified with the SUD-scale), and measurable physiological arousal. Electrodermal activity (EDA; skin conductance) was measured as a physiological parameter. The results of a conducted pilot-study (based on 16 patients, with a waiting group as a control group) show different EDA-patterns during EMDR-desensitivation (bland and associative reprocessing). An evident reduction of the PTSD-symptoms could be found (d = 2.27), which is stronger than in other treatments. The traumatic memories treated with EMDR became less straining, which reflects likewise in physiology (decreased autonomous arousal) and in the subjective strain felt by the patients. The reductions of arousal (d = 1.01) and subjective strain (d = 2.55) indicate that an effective inhibition of the amygdala activation—and thereby of the anxiety reaction itself—is created due to the intervention. Using EMDR reduces the amygdala induced physiological arousal. We suppose that for this reason the medial prefrontal cortex and the hippocampus can establish a cortical inhibition, which successfully reduces the anxiety reaction (Grawe, 2004). The reported results were confirmed by a three month follow-up evaluation. With an average duration of 16 sessions and a non-existing drop-out rate (0%), the intervention also proved to be very efficient. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Biofeedback  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Saint Paul, N. V. (2001). EMDR und systemische familientherapie [EMDR and family systems therapy]. EMDRIA Deutschland e.V. Rundbrief, 2, 14-17.

Language: German

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Bei der gemeinsamen Betrachtung von EMDR mit familientherapeutischen Ansätzen fallen zunächst die Gegensätze auf. EMDR wird üblicherweise im Einzelsetting angewendet. Die Behandlung steht meist im Kontext von bestimmten Krankheitsdiagnosen (typischerweise von traumabedingten - aber auch anderen - Störungen). In der (systemischen) Familientherapie wird eine Diagnostizierung möglichst vermieden, Konzepte werden "verflüssigt", Symptome werden im Hinblick auf ihre Wirkung im (Familien-)System hin untersucht. Beispielsweise wird ein Patient als "Symptomträger" innerhalb der Familie bezeichnet. Man sucht also nach dem Sinn oder Nutzen, den die Symptomatik für die Familie hat. Insofern ist man recht weit davon entfernt, gezielte Interventionsmethoden zu suchen, mit denen dann der einzelne behandelt wird, um ein Symptom zu beseitigen. Allerdings wurde dies von den Begründern der Familientherapie keineswegs für ausgeschlossen erklärt (vgl. bspw. Stierlin et al. 1977, 16). EMDR ist dementsprechend in der familientherapeutischen Literatur und den einschlägigen Fachzeitschriften bisher so gut wie nicht zur Kenntnis genommen worden. Eine Ausnahme bildet The Family Therapy Networker im Jahr 1993, der dem Thema EMDR ein Special Feature widmet (vgl. Butler (1993) und O'Brien (1993)). Von Seiten der EMDR Praktizierenden gibt es durchaus Hinweise auf die Vereinbarkeit. Tinker & Wilson (2000, 229) verweisen auf die Nützlichkeit der Ergänzung der EMDR-Arbeit durch familientherapeutisches Vorgehen. Lempa (2000) beschreibt die Verbindung der EMDR-Einzelbehandlung mit familientherapeutischen Gesprächen innerhalb des stationären Settings und berichtet über positive Erfahrungen im Hinblick auf die Akzeptanz der Behandlung in den Familien. Ich halte die wechselseitige Betrachtung der Ansätze für sehr fruchtbar und möchte hier einige Gedanken und Erfahrungen dazu darstellen.

In the common view of EMDR with family therapy approaches, first fall to the opposition. EMDR is usually applied in individual settings. Treatment is usually in the context of specific disease diagnoses (typically from trauma-related - errors - but also others). In the (systemic) family therapy, a diagnosis will be avoided where possible, concepts will be "liquefied" symptoms in terms of their effect in the (family) system were investigated. For example, a patient is a "symptom carrier" within the family. Therefore, we look for the meaning or benefit that the symptoms for the family. In this respect it is quite far from seeking specific intervention methods by which the individual is then treated to remove a symptom. However, this was by the founders of family therapy not declared excluded (see, for example, Stierlin et al. 1977, 16). EMDR has been accordingly in the family therapy literature and the relevant journals previously taken almost no notice. The Family Therapy Networker an exception is in 1993, the subject of EMDR devotes a special feature (see Butler (1993) and O'Brien (1993)). Sides of the EMDR practitioner, there are indications of the compatibility. Tinker & Wilson (2000, 229) point to the usefulness of supplementing EMDR work with family therapeutic approach. Lempa (2000) describes the connection of individual EMDR treatment with family therapy calls within the inpatient setting and reported positive experiences with regard to the acceptance of the treatment in the home. I think the mutual inspection of approaches for very fruitful and would like to present some thoughts and experience to do so.

Keywords: Family Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Algotsson, L. (2004). EMDR – Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, Ett försök att teoretiskt förklara en integrativ metod [EMDR - Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: An attempt to explain theoretically integrative approach]. Umeå Universitet, Institutionen för klinisk vetenskap, Enheten för psykoterapi.

Language: Swedish

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
EMDR – Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing är en behandlingsmetod som främst visat sig vara effektiv vid behandling av posttraumatiskt stressyndrom. Francine Shapiro som upptäckt och utvecklat metoden grundar den på ide´n om hjärnan som ett självreglerande, självorganiserande system och kallar sin förklaringsmodell Adaptive Information Processing model. Syfte med detta arbete är att beskriva dess verksamma faktorer, då den inte fungerar samt försöka anknyta teorier som neuropsykologi, dynamisk systemteori och dialektisk konstruktivism till metoden och dess modell. Resultatet ger vid hand att den dynamiska systemteorin främst förklarar de både snabba och plötsliga förändringar som kan noteras vid användandet av metoden, att senare neuropsykologisk forskning förmår bekräfta metodens användbarhet då det gäller att beskriva och förklara det som neuropsykologiskt sker vid behandlingen samt att terapeutisk förändring ofta inbegriper ett pendlande mellan erfarande och förklarande.

EMDR - Eye Movement desensitization and Reprocessing is a method of treatment primarily shown to be effective in treating post-traumatic stress disorder. Francine Shapiro, who discovered and developed the method based on the ide'n brain as a self-regulating, self-organizing systems and calls its explanation Adaptive Information Processing model. Aim of this work is to describe the active factors, then it does not work and try to link theory to neuro-psychology, dynamic systems theory and dialectical constructivism to the method and its model. The result shows that the dynamical systems theory mainly explains both the rapid and abrupt changes occurring in the use of the method, the recent neuropsychological research is able to confirm the usefulness of the method when the to describe and explain what occurs at the neuro-psychological treatment and that therapeutic change often involves oscillating between experiencing and explanatory.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Hase, M. H. (2005, June). EMDR – Reprocessing of the addiction memory. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Substance abuse is always a challenge for the therapist. Substance abuse and its sequelae often mean intense suffering for the individual and huge costs for society. Established treatment modalities, as good as they are, lack effectiveness. Recent research in the field of neuroscience has shown that most experience is automatically processed on sub cortical levels, i.e. by "unconscious" interpretations that are made outside of conscious awareness. Insight and understanding have only a limited influence on the operation of these sub cortical processes. These findings are also applicable on addicted people and help to create a new approach. The concept of an addiction memory is helpful (Wolffgramm 2000: Wolffgramm 2002). It can be understood as a form of maladaptive memory and EMDR is the tool for resolution (Shapiro 2001). In this workshop an overview over theory and the practical aspects of EMDR treatment for substance abusers will be given.
Theory in combination with video demonstration will facilitate the transfer of knowledge into everyday therapy.

Keywords: Addiction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Shapiro, F. (2007). EMDR, adaptive information processing, and case conceptualization. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 68-87. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.68.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is an integrative, client-centered psychotherapy approach that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the bases of those pathologies not caused by organic deficit or insult. EMDR addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. Overviews of the history, development, and research that have established EMDR as an empirically supported treatment are provided. Subsequent to an explanation of the adaptive information processing model, an extended case example is used to illustrate the recommended EMDR case conceptualization and eight phases of treatment. This approach is used to process the early memories that set the foundation for the pathology and the present situations that trigger the dysfunction, while providing templates for appropriate future action that incorporate the information and behaviors needed to overcome skill and/or developmental deficits. The benefits of integrating EMDR and family systems perspectives to provide the most comprehensive therapeutic effects are described. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Case Conceptualization  Family Systems Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Memories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. Lanius, U. (2005, April). EMDR, information processing and thalamo-cortical dialogue. Presentation at 3rd Annual Conference of the EMDR Association of UK and Ireland, Jordanstown, Northern Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Information Processing  Thalamo-Cortical Dialogue  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (2003, September). EMDR:  The emerging science of trauma and application to the treatment of children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is increasingly recognized that psychological trauma causes neurophyslological dysregulation in children, which then alters their developmental course. In this full-day seminar, we will present an organizational framework that clarifies how trauma-based diagnosis relates to traditional nosological systems, such as DSM-IV, and ICD-10, and how to treat these symptoms of dysregulation using EMDR. We will illustrate these concepts with videotapes of EMDR treatment sessions with children. These video seggments will cover a variety of applications with children of different ages, including single traumas, multiple traumas, complex disorders of childhood, attachment issues, dissociation, and group application of EMDR with war refugee children. Following the workshop, participants will be able to discuss and understand the above topics.

Keywords: Children  War Refugees  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. Timoshchuk, I. G. (1997, January). EMDR:  Functions providing the dynamics of transformation. EMDRIA Newsletter, 2(3), 15-16.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
In psychotherapy, the solving of a client’s problems is usually connected with the transformation of his or her personal features or some aspects of his or her experience. These could be changes in his or her systems of values, personal meanings and rules, habitual behavioral patterns, etc. These changes derive from the complex of deep transformations involving while systems of psychics. The system analysis of the multilevel hierarchical; structure formed by connections between the conscious and unconscious allows us to detest both the changing mechanisms and main functions providing the transformation, e.g., to solve a problem.

Keywords: Transformation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. Stickgold, R. (2002, January). EMDR:  A putative neurobiological mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(1), 61-75. doi:10.1002/jclp.1129.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Numerous studies have provided evidence for the efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR) in the treatment of PTSD, including recent studies showing it to be more efficient than therapist-directed flooding. But few theoretical explanations of how EMDR might work have been offered. Shapiro, in her original description of EMDR, proposed that its directed eye movements mimic the saccades of rapid eye movement sleep (REM), but provided no clear explanation of how such mimicry might lead to clinical improvment. We now revisit her original proposal and present a complete model for how EMDR could lead to specific improvement in PTSD and related conditions. We propose that the repetitive redirecting of attention in EMDR induces a neurobiological state, similar to that of REM sleep, which is optimally configured to support the cortical integration of traumatic memories into general semantic networks. We suggest that this integration can then lead to a reduction in the strength of hippocampally mediated episodic memories of the traumatic event as well as the memories' associated, amygdala-dependent, negative affect. Experimental data in support of this model are reviewed and possible tests of the model are suggested. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Processes  Mechanism of Action  Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychophysiology  PTSD  Review  Sleep Behavior  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Shapiro, F. (1997, April). EMDR:  Setting the record straight. Contemporary Psychology,APA Review of Books, 42(2), 363-364. doi:10.1037/005088 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Originally published in Contemporary Psychology: APA Review of Books, 1997, Vol 42(4), 363-364. Francine Shapiro comments on Jeffrey Lohr's review (see record 2004-17623-008)of Shapiro's book Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing: Basic Principles, Protocols and Procedures (see record 1995-98132-000). The author points out that Lohr has bolstered his argument by citing his own literature reviews, which are also characterized by pervasive misrepresentations of the actual data (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Tolin, & Barrett, 1995; Tolin, Montgomery, Kleinknecht, & Lohr, 1995). In his book review, Lohr questions the interpretations of the research the author gives in the text by saying that "Published accounts that cast doubt on the effect of treatment are ignored or discounted for insubstantial reasons." The author lists four criteria specified in the book for evaluating the clinical applicability of PTSD research results and states that the readers may judge if these criteria are indeed "insubstantial". Contrary to Lohr's implications, the judicious and diverse clinical applications of EMDR explored in the book have been supported by many experts in the field in conjunction with relevant published data. Rather than argue the merits of the proposed Accelerated Information Processing model or review the pervasive errors in Lohr's discussion of it, the author will allow readers to come to their own conclusions. She reaffirms here as she does throughout the text, that debates regarding the model, or the eye movements per se, are not relevant to the question of whether or not the method actually works. EMDR consists of much more than directed eye movements (or alternate stimulation). Rather, it is a complex integrative approach, drawing from psychodynamic, behavioral, cognitive, systems, and body-oriented therapies. More positive controlled studies support EMDR than any other treatment for PTSD (e.g., Carlson, Chemtob, Rusnak, Hedlund, & Muraoka, in press; Rothbaum, in press; Scheck, Schaeffer, & Gillette, in press; Wilson, Becker, Tinker, 1995, in press; Shapiro, 1996b). All of these studies fulfill accepted standards of objective psychometrics and independent assessors. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Lohr  Point/Counterpoint  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Goodyear-Brown, P. (2008, January). Empirically informed play therapy inteventions for treating traumatized children, Parts I & II. Presentation at the San Diego International Conference on Child and Family Maltreatment, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: E
vidence Based Practice is the new standard in the field. However, the evidence base regarding trauma treatments for children, particularly young children, is in the early stages of it's evolution. Recent research related to the neurobiology of trauma, implicit and explicit memory systems and the impact of these dynamics on trauma treatment will be discussed. Treatments with a large evidence base, such as TF-CBT and EMDR will be discussed with a view to how many of the treatment goals can be accomplished and more easily digested by children through the vehicle of play. It is critical that practitioners who serve traumatized children be able to match interventions to treatment goals and symptomatology. Specific play therapy interventions will be tied to treatment goals in an effort to help practitioners expand their repertoires with child-friendly interventions based on the latest research. The treatment areas covered in this workshop will include helping the client to 1) re-establish a sense of safety and security, 2) learn and practice stress inoculation strategies, 3) identify and confront faulty attributions related to the trauma, 4) restructure distorted cognitions related to the trauma and 5) create a trauma narrative. Several play therapy interventions will be explained and demonstrated for each of the aforementioned gaols. Children accomplish the hard work of healing from trauma in a gentle, fun and safe treatment milieu. Case vignettes, slides and video clips will augment the didactic presentation. Experiential methods will also be used. Participants should come prepared to play!

Keywords: Children  Evidence-Based Practice  Play Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Hartung, J. G. (2002, September). Energy psychology in the service of EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 7(3), 3-5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
For some years EMDR has been linked with other more traditional therapies such as “psychodynamic, behavioral, Gestalt, and Adlerian Life style Analysis” (EMDR Institute, 2002). More recently, the use of EMDR along with energy psychology (EP) techniques has also been explored. Listed on the agenda of the 2002 EMDRIA annual Conference, for example, were two presentations explicitly referring to combined uses of EMDR with energy psychology (Phillips, 2002; Yoder, 2002). EP can refer to as many as eight different energy systems (Eden & Feinstein, 1998). Along with most energy practitioners in the US, I use the term primarily as a synonym for the meridian-based psychotherapies (Gallo, 1999, 2000; Lambrou & Pratt, 2000), and secondarily as including the chakra system (Fleming, 2001).

Keywords: Energy Psychology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Moses, M. D. (2007). Enhancing attachments: Conjoint couple therapy. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 146-166). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter addresses the integration of EMDR processing when working with couples in conjoint therapy, specifically targeting the problem of attachment issues. When precautions are taken, applying EMDR with couples produces the potential for a deepand mutually productive experience. EMDR’s uniquely rapid processing of interrelated attachment issues lessens the intensity of “triggers” and can free the couple from their long-standing impasses. Many couples struggle with over- or under-reactivity, generally referred to as “triggers”. These triggers are typically rooted in early attachment injuries, as well as injuries generated from the couple’s own relationship. While EMDR is most commonly used in individual treatment, it can also be bridged to the relationship system as a powerful and effective treatment modality for couples. The therapeutic effect of the partners witnessing each other’s EMDR processing work is often enormous. Done conjointly, each partner becomes increasingly more compassionate and understanding of the other. Ultimately, progress is hastened … enhancing the therapy, and allowing the couple to develop new and more fulfilling connections and attachments. In sequence, this chapter covers the following areas: attachment issues from a Family Systems perspective; therapeutic guidelines for EMDR usage with couples; identification of “small t” attachment triggers; indications and contraindications; a specific EMDR protocol for work with couples; two detailed couples case illustrations and treatments, focused on problems rooted in attachment issues; and finally, reflection and discussion of the advantages and benefits for integrating EMDR into work with couples.

Keywords: Attachment  Attachment Behavior  Conjoint Couple Therapy  Conjoint Therapy  Couples  Couples Therapy  Marriage Counseling  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Scharf, C., Berliner, K., Meyers, M., Schwartberg, N., & Weinshel, M. (2006, September). Enhancing couples therapy with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Couples often have difficulties changing present day maladaptive patterns of interaction when they are triggered by past traumatic events and/or attachment traumas. This workshop will demonstrate ways in which EMDR can be incorporated into couples therapy in order to interrupt "stuck" cycles of interaction, decrease reactivity. and deepen connections. Our work is informed by a family systems perspective and attachment theory. There will be a theoretical discussion on how we use EMDR in couples work, as well as an experiential exercise illustrating these concepts. Clinician examples and videtape excepts from a year-long course of therapy will illustrate thc ongoing choices the therapist makes in incorporating EMDR in her work with a couple. We will also demonstrate how one partner's witnessing and the other's being witnessed during the processing enhances the healing of old wounds and opens up possibilities for new ways of relating.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Christman, S., & Garvey, K. (2000, November). Episodic versus semantic memory:  Eye movements and cortical activation. Poster presented at the 41st annual meeting of the Psychonomic Society, New Orleans, LA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Cortical Activation  Epidosic Memory  Eye Movements  Poster  Semantic Memory  

Accuracy Verified: No

90. Doering, S., Bisping, V., Nora Liebergesell, N., Höffkes, B., Junghöfer, M., & Dobel, C. (2012). Erfassung neurobiologischer orrelate der EMDR-behandlung bei patienten mit zahnbehandlungsangst [Detection of neurobiological correlates of EMDR treatment in patients with dental anxiety]. Universitätsklinikum Münster, Kliniken, Psychosomatik und Psychotherapie, Forschung, Munster, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Other

Abstract:
Im Rahmen des zuvor dargestellten Projektes werden die Patienten vor und nach der EMDR-Intervention mit einer Magnetencephalografie (MEG) untersucht. Dabei soll erfasst werden, ob die erwarteten angstassoziierten kortikalen Aktivierungen nach der EMDR-Behandlung zurückgehen. Als Angst auslösende Stimuli werden im MEG Bilder, Geräusche und Gerüche dargeboten werden, die in Zusammenhang mit der Zahnbehandlung stehen.

As part of the [Wirksamkeit des Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) bei Patienten mit Zahnbehandlungsphobie, (Doering, Bisping, Bohnke)] project a Magnetencephalografie (MEG) will be presented before the patients were examined before and after the EMDR intervention. It should be recognized that the expected angst associated cortical activations to go back to the EMDR treatment. As fear-inducing stimuli in the MEG images, sounds and smells will be presented, which are associated with dental treatment.

The purpose of this study is to find out whether Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is effective in the treatment of patients with dental phobia. This U.S. National Institues of Health Clinical trial has been completed. (U.S. National Institutes of Health ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT01207960)

Keywords: Dental Phobia  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Leskowitz, E. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and subtle energy:  A proposed mechanism of action. In F. P. Gallo (Ed.), Energy psychology in psychotherapy: A comprehensive sourcebook. (1st ed.) (pp. 311-321) New York:  W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Let me now suggest that the mechanism of action of EMDR is best understood by going back not 3 decades in time, but 3 millennia, to the Eastern philosophies that were based on the notion of life energy. It is in the study of yoga and acupuncture, and of prana and qi, that a full understanding of the mechanism of EMDR is to be found.I will first give a brief overview of the notion of subtle energy, and then summarize modern discoveries in biomagnetism and distant intentionality that will set the age for a discussion about the subtle energetics of paying attention. I then hope to demonstrate that visual attentional activation via EMDR is, in effect, a biomagnetic or subtle energy interaction that is particularly effective in facilitating the release of trauma that is stored in the subtle energy systems of the human body. [Text, pp. 311-312]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Stressors  Subtle Energy  Survivors  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Scholten, A. (2006, December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): A controversial treatment for trauma survivors. Carl R. Darnall Army Medical Center, Mental Health, 1-3.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Proponents of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) claim it is a breakthrough treatment for those plagued with traumatic memories and other psychological problems. But does it actually work? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new therapeutic technique that increasing numbers of mental health professionals are using in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), phobias, and a wide variety of psychological disorders. According to the American Psychiatric Association, this fairly complicated treatment includes elements of behavioral, cognitive, psychodynamic, body-based, and systems therapies.

Keywords: Survivors  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Zampieri, M. A. J. (2007, Novembro). Família e co-dedependência [Family and co-dependency]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil .

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Apresentação de aplicação do EMDR em terapia de casais, famílias e sistemas no tratamento em contextos que apresentem padrões de co-dependência. A autora se apóia na descrição de manifestações sistêmicas da co-dependência já publicada e demonstra como a intervenção com EMDR pode ser empregada individualmente e adaptada em grupo. Apresentam-se exemplos de casos em tratamento de abuso de substâncias na co-dependência familiar e na co-dependência sócio-institucional no acompanhamento de profissionais do Conselho Tutelar. Espera-se que ao término da atividade o participante formado em EMDR seja capaz de identificar manifestações da co-dependência, nomear tais princípios num plano de intervenção com uso do EMDR na família ou na instituição.

Submission of application of EMDR in couples therapy, family systems and the treatment in environments that present standards co-dependency. The author relies on the description systemic manifestations of codependency already published and demonstrates how the intervention EMDR can be used individually and adapted group. There are examples of cases of substance abuse treatment in family co-dependency and codependency socio-institutional follow-up professionals from the Guardianship Council. It is expected that the end of the activity the participant made in EMDR is able to identify events of co-dependency, appoint such principles in a intervention plan with the use of EMDR in the family or institution.

Keywords: Co-Dependency  Family  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Kaslow, F. W. (2007). Family systems theories and therapeutic applications: A contextual overview. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 35-75). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The purpose of this chapter is to provide a kaleidoscopic overview of the field of family therapy/psychology within which the ensuing chapters can be better understood. To accomplish this massive task within the space limits set, the same format has been followed in the summarization of each of the main theoretical schools. Common key dimensions found in almost all theories are highlighted. The dimensions covered are a synopsis of the theory's basic structure and goals, the techniques and process of each school of therapy, its perceived treatment applicability, and process and/or outcome research on the methodology. Wherever possible, chapters in the book are alluded to in which the author selectively integrates a particular theoretical perspective and treatment approach with his or her Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) clinical work. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Morris-Smith, J. (2012, June). Footsteps into the future: EMDR for children and families using a neurodevelopmental perspective [Pasos hacia el futuro: EMDR para niños y familias desde una perspectiva del neurodesarrollo]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The acquisition of clinical skills in developing successful EMDR therapeutic practices is in itself a journey of discovery. Each step forward brings new clinical puzzles, challenges and insights: why are some individuals able to use the EMDR therapy more smoothly that others; what is the role of attachment; how are preverbal memories made and how do they become accessible to verbal recall with EMDR therapy; what is the developmental role of dissociation and why do some evolve into coherent, integrated individuals whilst others develop pathological dissociation? This paper presents a neurodevelopmental approach to inform our clinical practice of EMDR therapy with children, adolescents and adults. Brain development is affected by both genetic and environmental factors and included in the latter are: the family milieu, physical illness, toxins and developmental opportunities. During development the brain organizes from the bottom to the top with the lower parts of the brain developing earliest. The majority of the brain organization takes place during the first 4 years of life. Development of the brain in childhood unfolds in a series of stages with higher cortical areas entering final developmental processes much later in childhood and into early adulthood. How to integrate neurodevelopmental aspects with our EMDR clinical practice to develop healthier positive future trajectories for children, adolescents and their families is discussed. This paper will be illustrated by the use of video clips and case material.

La propia adquisición de las habilidades clínicas para desarrollar prácticas terapéuticas de EMDR de éxito es de por sí, un viaje de descubrimiento. Cada paso hacia delante nos plantea nuevos rompecabezas, retos, y conocimientos clínicos: ¿Por qué algunos individuos encuentran menos obstáculos en la aplicación de terapia con EMDR que otros?; ¿Cuál es la función del apego?; ¿Cómo se forman los recuerdos preverbales y cómo se accede a ellos mediante el recuerdo verbal con la terapia con EMDR?; ¿Qué papel desempeña la disociación en el desarrollo y por qué algunas personas se convierten en individuos coherentes e integrados mientras que otros desarrollan una disociación patológica? Esta ponencia pretende presentar un planteamiento desde el neurodesarrollo para instruir nuestra práctica clínica de terapia con EMDR con niños, adolescentes y adultos. El desarrollo cerebral se ve afectado por factores tanto genéticos como ambientales; entre éstos últimos se incluyen: el entorno familiar, las enfermedades físicas, las toxinas y las oportunidades de desarrollo. Durante el período de desarrollo, el cerebro organiza desde abajo hacia arriba, siendo las áreas inferiores del cerebros las que primero se desarrollan. La mayor parte del desarrollo cerebral ocurre durante los cuatro primeros años de vida. El desarrollo del cerebro durante la infancia sucede en una serie de etapas, entrando las áreas corticales superiores en los últimos procesos de desarrollo, mucho más tarde en la infancia y al principio de la vida adulta. Se abordan las cuestiones de cómo integrar aspectos de neurodesarrollo en nuestro trabajo clínico con EMDR para poder desarrollar trayectorias más sanas y positivas para el futuro para los niños, adolescentes y sus familias. Se emplearán grabaciones en vídeo y notas clínicas para ilustrar esta ponencia.

Keywords: Children  Families  Neurodevelopment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Connor, P. K. (2005). Guideline-based programs in the treatment of complex PTSD. Deakin University, Victoria, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The term “post-traumatic stress disorder” (PTSD) is a relatively new diagnostic label, being formally recognized in 1980 in the Diagnostic Statistical Manual for Psychiatric Illness – Third Edition (DSM-III) of the American Psychiatric Association (APA, 1980). Complex Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (CP) is a more recently discussed, and newly-classified, phenomenon, initially discussed in the early 1990s (Herman, 1992a). Thus, as research into effective treatments for CP is sparse, the treatment of CP is the topic of this study, in which a guideline-based treatment program developed by the researcher for the treatment of CP is implemented and evaluated. Ten individuals participated in this study, undertaking individualized, guideline-based treatment programs spanning a period of six months. In providing background information relevant to this study, an explanation is provided regarding the nature of CP, and the reasons for its consideration as a separate phenomenon to PTSD. The adequacy of the PTSD formulation in enabling effective assessment and treatment of CP is also explored, with endorsement of previous researchers’ conclusions that the CP construct is more useful than the PTSD construct for assessing and treating survivors of long-term and multiple forms of abuse. The PTSD classification is restrictive, and not necessarily appropriate for certain forms of trauma (such as prolonged trauma, or multiple forms of trauma), as such trauma experiences may lead to specific effects that lay outside those formerly associated with PTSD. Such effects include alterations in affect regulation, consciousness, self-perception, interpersonal relationships, and in systems of meaning. Following discussion regarding the PTSD/CP classification, an examination of treatment methods currently used in the treatment of PTSD, and a review of treatment outcome studies, takes place. The adequacy of primary treatment methods in treating CP symptoms is then examined, with the conclusion that a range of treatment methods could potentially be useful in the treatment of CP symptoms. Individuals with a diagnosis of CP may benefit from the adoption of an eclectic approach, drawing on different treatment options for different symptoms, and constantly evaluating client progress and re-evaluating interventions. This review of treatment approaches is followed by details of an initial study undertaken to obtain feedback from individuals who had suffered long-term/multiple trauma and who had received treatment. Participants in this initial study were asked open-ended questions regarding the treatment approach they had experienced, the most useful aspect of the treatment, the least useful aspect, and other strategies/treatment approaches that may have been useful – but which were not used. The feedback obtained from these individuals was used to inform the development of treatment guidelines for use in the main study, as were recommendations made by Chu (1998). The predominant focus of the treatment guidelines was “ego strengthening”, a term coined by Chu (1998) to describe the “initial (sometimes lengthy) period of developing fundamental skills in maintaining supportive relationships, developing self-care strategies, coping with symptomatology, improving functioning, and establishing a positive self identity” (p.75). Using a case study approach, data are then presented relating to each of the ten individuals involved in the treatment program: details of his/her trauma experience(s)and the impact of the trauma (as perceived by each individual); details of each individual’s treatment program (as planned, and as implemented); post-treatment evaluation of the positive and negative aspects of the treatment program (from the therapist’s perspective); and details of the symptoms reported by the individual post-treatment, via psychometric assessment and also during interview. Analysis and discussion of the data relating to the ten participants in the study are the focal point of this study. The evaluation of the effectiveness of each individual’s treatment has been based predominantly on qualitative data, obtained from an analysis of language (discourse analysis) used by participants to describe their symptoms pre- and post-treatment. Both blatant and subtle changes in the language used by participants to describe themselves, their behaviour, and their relationships pre- and post-treatment have provided an insight into the possible changes that occurred as a result of the treatment program. The language used by participants has been a rich source of data, one that has enabled the researcher to obtain information that could not be obtained using psychometric assessment methods. Most of the participants in this study portrayed notable changes in many of the CP symptoms, including being more stable and having improved capacity to explore their early abuse. Although no direct cause-effect relationship between the participants’ treatment program and the improvements described can be established from this study, the participants’ perception that the program assisted them with their symptoms, and reported many aspects of “ego strengthening”, is of major importance. Such self-perception of strength and empowerment is important if an individual is going to be able to deal with past trauma experiences. In fact, abreactive work may have a greater chance of succeeding if those who have experienced long-term or multiple trauma are feeling more empowered, and more stable, as were the participants in this study (post-intervention). In concluding this study, recommendations have been made in regard to the use of guideline-based treatment programs in the responsible treatment of CP. Strengths and limitations of this study have also been highlighted, and recommendations have been made regarding possibilities for future research related to CP treatment. On the whole, this study has supported strongly other research that highlights the importance of focusing on “ego strengthening” in assisting those who have suffered long-term/multiple trauma experiences. Thus, a guideline-based program focusing on assisting sufferers of long-term trauma with some, or all, of the symptoms of CP, is recommended as an important first stage of any treatment of individuals who have experienced long-term/multiple trauma, allowing them to develop the emotional and psychological strength required to deal with past traumatic events. Clinicians who are treating patients whose history depicts long-term or multiple trauma experiences (either from their childhood, or at some stage in their adult life) need, therefore, to be mindful of assessing individuals for symptoms of CP – so that they can treat these symptoms prior to engaging in any work associated directly with the past traumatic experiences. [Author abstract]
D.H.Sc.(Psych.) thesis, School of Psychology.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychotherapy  Treatment  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Shapiro, F., Kaslow, F. W., & Maxfield, L. (2007). Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes. New York: John Wiley & Sons Inc. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Starting with the Foreword by Daniel Siegel, MD, the Handbook demonstrates in superb detail how you can combine EMDR’s information processing approach with family systems perspectives and therapy techniques. An impressive and needed piece of work, Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes provides a clear and comprehensive bridge between individual and family therapies.

Keywords: Family Therapy Processes  Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse  Sexual Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Herbert, C. (2003, May). Healing the “inner child” – EMDR imagery rescripting techniques with complex trauma clients. In Attachment and complex trauma. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR-based imagery re-scripting techniques with a modified concept of Cognitive Schema Modes (Young, 1999). Based on clinical case examples, the use of imagery techniques, which draw on all sensory modalities (involving cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) during the auditory application of EMDR will be described, to help complex trauma clients firstly approach and recognize and subsequently attach to and nurture the image of their own “inner child”. Rather than establishing a sense of unrealistic dependency on the therapist by integrating him or her as the sole nurturer, clients are encouraged to develop an image of their own ‘healthy adult’, who can learn to take on the role of internal re-nurturing, protection and healing of the ‘inner child’. Techniques for overcoming blockages between a client’s ‘healthy adult’ and their ‘inner child’ representations are described. It is proposed that differentiating between ‘child’ and ‘adult’ modes and tuning into these through deep-level EMDR processing, allows clients to re-connect to feelings associated with their earlier experiences of helplessness and dependency during childhood, which can now be re-experienced within a safe and nurturing context. It is suggested that this will allow higher order brain systems, such as the hippocampus, to remain active and therefore enable cognitive and structural re-organization of the stored material in the brain and body cells. Once a positive attachment bond between a client’s internalised ‘inner child’ and ‘healthy adult’ modes has been achieved this can then be utilized further during direct trauma processing work. It is argued that healing of the ‘inner child’ enables healing of the adult client so that a more positive and secure sense of self can be achieved.

Keywords: Attachment Theory  Complex PTSD  Imagery  Inner Child  Rescripting  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Gaarde Madsen, P-E. (2009). I patientens tjeneste: NLP, hypnose og EMDR i kombination og samspil som en mulig virksom form for psykoterapi i det 21. århundrede [Inpatient services, NLP, hypnosis and EMDR in combination and interaction as a possible form of psychotherapy in the 21st century]. Udgave: 1, Oplag: 1 [1st ed] , Copenhagen, Dansk: Frydenlund.

Language: Danish

Format: Other

Abstract:
Beskrivelse
Det etablerede systems opfattelse af sig selv og af så­kaldt alternativ terapi debatteres i denne bog. Forfatteren har valgt at sætte fokus på problemerne med spiseforstyrrelser. Kritikken af de eksisterende forhold i det etablerede system på dette område er meget skarp, men derimod er de beskrevne terapeutiske forslag om en mulig virksom terapi generøse. Disse nye muligheder er terapeutiske tiltag, der stadig betragtes som alternative, men de kan ikke desto mindre anvendes på alle de områder, hvorom man i dag mener, der kan bedrives psykoterapi. Det kræver dog, at man forlader illusionen om, at terapi baseret på samtale med såkaldt sund fornuft har nogen som helst terapeutisk effekt. Den omfattende, mulige terapeutiske værktøjskasse beskrives. Det drejer sig om NLP som basis for hypnose. Denne metode kan kombineres med modificeret EMDR. Der fremlægges i bogen mange forskellige paradigmer; det drejer sig bl.a. om tilknytningsteorier, affectteorier, den tredelte hjerne og ikke mindst også de resultater, som den moderne hjerneforskning har produceret i de sidste femten år. Dette omfattende materiale bliver sat sammen til en klinisk enhed, der er fleksibel og mangfoldig. Desuden rummer bogen detaljerede beskrivelser af terapiforløbet for flere patienter med en spiseforstyrrelse. --

Description: The system established perceptions of themselves and the so-called alternative therapies discussed in this book. The author has chosen to focus on problems with eating disorders. Criticism of the existing conditions in the established system in this area is very sharp, but they are described therapeutic suggestions about a possible business therapy generous. These new opportunities are therapeutic interventions that are still considered alternative, but they can nevertheless be applied to all areas on which we now believe there may commit psychotherapy. It requires that you leave the illusion that therapy based on interviews with "common sense has any therapeutic effect. The extensive potential therapeutic tool sets. It is about NLP as a basis for hypnosis. This method can be combined with modified EMDR. Presented in the book many different paradigms, namely, inter alia, on related theories affectteorier, the triune brain, and not least also the results of modern brain research has produced over the last fifteen years. This extensive material is put together to form a clinical entity that is flexible and diverse. In addition the book contains detailed descriptions of therapy for more patients with an eating disorder.

Keywords: Hypnosis  Neurolingquistic Programming  NLP  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. O'Malley, A. (2008, June). The impact of neglect and trauma on the developing infant brain and the implications for EMDR therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation starts with sensory development in pregnancy. By 22 weeks there is already a high level of brain organisation with touch, taste, hearing and smell already well developed. Balance, vision and motor development follow and the links to learning and states of consciousness are explained. The concept of birth as our first traumatic experience is introduced and the implications for future EMDR therapy are discussed. Infant brain development occurs sequentially implying vulnerabilities during the early years of life. This has a direct relationship on attunement, which is influenced by developmental neglect and trauma. The effects of this trauma for EMDR therapy are explored. New information about the probable mechanism of action of the bilateral stimulation used in EMDR is presented. The mechanism of translating sensory input into new neuronal patterns is explained. The hypothesis of a ‘window of tolerance’ in trauma is mentioned with the reasons why EMDR can help alleviate trauma by expanding the window of tolerance. The concept of a structural developmental model of emotional awareness is explained with how this relates to trauma and a sense of self. The anatomical correlates of emotional processing are suggested at both cortical and limbic system levels. Ways in which EMDR can be modified in light of this knowledge are proposed. An additional model of applying EMDR is outlined. This involves multilateral activation of sympathetic nervous systems to consciously overcome traumas. This process will be shown to lead to brainstem stimulation activating the cranial nerves, which innervate the ocular muscles generating rapid eye movement.

Keywords: Infantile Brain Development  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., & Pagani, M. (2008, 26-28 Settembre). Impatto dell'EMDR sulle fuzioni e sulla neurobiologia cerebrali [Impact on EMDR and neurobiological brain functions]. In T. Farma (Chair), Simposio, Il modello psicotraumatologico: Un ponte tra indicatori neurobiologici e Psicoterapia. VII Congresso SPR Italia, Modena.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introduzione:negli ultimi anni il numero di studi condotti nell’ambito dei disturbi causati da eventi traumatici ha subito una forte accelerazione rilevando l’esistenza di alterazioni fisiologiche e morfologiche in specifiche aree cerebrali associate sia alla risposta emotiva al trauma che alla insorgenza dei sintomi della sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD). L’impiego delle tecniche di neuroimmagine ha consentito di fare luce sui correlati neurali della psicoterapia, rivelando i suoi effetti neurobiologici sulla funzione cerebrale. Nell’ambito dei diversi approcci psicoterapeutici, l’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing therapy) è emerso come promettente risorsa per il trattamento del trauma e di altri disturbi d’ansia, sebbene ancora non sia stata completamente chiarita la sua modalità di azione sui circuiti neurali. Molte ricerche sono state effettuate per valutare l’efficacia dell’EMDR, ma solo un numero esiguo di esse ha indagato il substrato neurobiologico di questa psicoterapia. Le metodiche di neuroimmagini utilizzate finora per studi sull’EMDR sono la Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) e la Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). La prima raccoglie dati sull’attivita’ cellulare cerebrale mentre la seconda riporta dati anatomici strutturali. Gli studi funzionali condotti con SPECT consentono di identificare le variazioni del metabolismo e del flusso ematico cerebrale, suggerendo un ruolo specifico per ciascuna area cerebrale coinvolta nel complesso meccanismo che sottende il processamento delle emozioni; la MRI consente invece di rilevare la presenza di variazioni morfologiche e volumetriche di specifiche strutture cerebrali. Negli ultimi anni, studi SPECT e MRI, volti ad esaminare gli effetti dell’EMDR sulla fisiopatologia cerebrale in pazienti affetti da disturbi d’ansia, hanno riscontrato sostanziali variazioni del flusso ematico ed alterazioni strutturali di alcune regioni cerebrali in seguito a terapia. L’efficacia dell’EMDR nel trattamento del PTSD è stata confermata da uno studio SPECT su sei soggetti ( Lansing et al.) (1) che ha evidenziato dopo terapia una diminuzione del flusso ematico nel lobo occipitale bilateralmente e nel lobo parietale sinistro e un aumento di flusso nel giro frontale inferiore sinistro. Sempre utilizzando la SPECT Oh e Choi (2) hanno riportato una significativa modificazione del flusso cerebrale in seguito ad EMDR, prevalentemente riscontrabile nell’area limbica e nella corteccia prefrontale. Un recente studio con utilizzo di MRI (3) ha inoltre messo in evidenza un aumento di volume dell’ippocampo in seguito a trattamento con EMDR, aumento invece non riportato in un lavoro di Lindauer et al. su 9 soggetti con PTSD, nonostante il successo clinico della psicoterapia eclettica eseguita (4). Obiettivi: il nostro gruppo ha studiato gli effetti a breve e lungo termine dell’EMDR (5, 6) dimostrando la sua efficacia nel trattamento di soggetti traumatizzati sul lavoro, e una stabilità del miglioramento clinico ottenuto in risposta alla terapia, ancora presente a distanza di tre anni. Nell’ambito dello stesso progetto sono state anche studiate le variazioni del flusso ematico cerebrale e della volumetria di alcune strutture cerebrali in relazione alla terapia con EMDR. Un primo studio SPECT ha analizzato la variazione della distribuzione di flusso in 11 soggetti guariti clinicamente da PTSD in seguito a EMDR messi a confronto con 5 soggetti nei quali la terapia non ha avuto effetto (7). Risultati: è stato evidenziato nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali, alla disfunzione delle quali sono ascrivibili alcuni sintomi presenti in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso post-terapia sono state registrate nell’ippocampo, nella corteccia parieto-occipitale e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo e’ sede della memoria a breve termine; la corteccia parieto-occipitale processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattivita’ di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Inoltre la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha dimostrato un aumento di flusso nei soggetti che hanno risposto positivamente alla terapia. Questa regione chiave oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico e’ essenziale per i processi di attenzione e di autostima, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In ulteriori studi che combinano indagini funzionali e strutturali utilizzando SPECT e MRI abbiamo messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo riguardo all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR (Pagani et al. sottomesso). Conclusioni: gli effetti della terapia con EMDR sono risultati, unitamente ad un consistente miglioramento della sintomatologia e ad una riduzione della iperreattività a stimoli di carattere emotivo, in una normalizzazione funzionale di alcune aree specifiche e in un aumento del volume ippocampale probabilmente ascrivibile a neo-neurogenesi. Questi risultati sono in linea con la pregressa letteratura e con le attuali conoscenze sul PTSD e suggeriscono basi neurobiologiche dell’effetto terapeutico dell’EMDR confermandone l’impatto funzionale su strutture cerebrali coinvolte in patologie ansiogene. Bibliografia: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci;17(4):526-532. 2. Ho DH and Choi J. (2007). J EMDR Pract Res;1(1):24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci; 19(4):475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med ; 35 :1-11. 5. Hogberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych; 61(1):54-61. 6. Hogberg et al. (2008). Psych Res; doi:10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). Nuc Med Comm; 28(10):757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Introduction In recent years the number of studies in disorders caused by traumatic events has been greatly accelerated by detecting the existence of morphological and physiological changes in specific brain areas associated with both the emotional response to trauma to the onset of symptoms Post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD). The use of neuroimaging techniques has allowed to shed light on the neural correlates of psychotherapy, revealing the neurobiological effects on brain function. Under the different psychotherapeutic approaches, EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy) has emerged as a promising resource for the treatment of trauma and other anxiety disorders, although still not been fully elucidated its mode of action on neural circuits. Many studies have been carried out to assess the effectiveness EMDR, but only a small number of them have investigated the neurobiological substrate of this psychotherapy. The methods used so far for neuroimaging studies on EMDR are Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography (SPECT) and Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI). The first collects data on 'brain cells while the second contains structural anatomical data. The functional studies performed with SPECT to identify changes in metabolism and cerebral blood flow, suggesting a specific role for each brain area involved in the complex mechanism underlying the processing of emotions, instead of MRI allows detection of morphological changes and volume of specific brain structures. In recent years, MRI and SPECT studies, aimed to examine the effects of EMDR on brain pathophysiology in patients with anxiety disorders, have found substantial variations in blood flow and structural alterations of some brain regions after treatment. The effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of PTSD was confirmed by a SPECT study in six subjects (Lansing et al.) (1) showed that after treatment reduced blood flow in the occipital lobe bilaterally and in left parietal lobe and a increase of flow in left inferior frontal gyrus. Always using SPECT Oh and Choi (2) reported a significant change of cerebral blood flow after EMDR, mainly found in limbic and prefrontal cortex. A recent study using MRI (3) has also highlighted an increase in volume of the hippocampus after treatment with EMDR, but no increase in reported work of Lindauer et al. on 9 subjects with PTSD, despite the clinical success of eclectic psychotherapy performed (4). Objectives: Our group has studied the effects of short and long term EMDR (5, 6) demonstrating its effectiveness in treating traumatized individuals at work, and stability of clinical improvement obtained in response to therapy, yet this distance three years. Within the same project were also studied changes in cerebral blood flow and volume of certain brain structures in relation to treatment with EMDR. A first SPECT study analyzed the change in flow distribution in 11 subjects clinically recovered from PTSD after EMDR compared with 5 subjects in whom treatment had no effect (7). Results: It was shown in patients with symptomatic remission, significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas, which are attributable to dysfunction of some symptoms of PTSD being present. Flow decreases post-treatment were recorded in the hippocampus, cortex parietal-occipital and primary visual cortex. The hippocampus and 'seat of short-term memory, the parietal-occipital cortex processes the recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the visual memory of events. The lack of inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity' of PTSD in these regions are responsible for the pathological review of the traumatic event and the presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Moreover, the dorsolateral frontal cortex showed an increase in flow in subjects who responded positively to therapy. This key region in addition to being appointed to inhibit the pathological response to stimuli that recall the traumatic event and 'essential for the processes of attention and self-esteem, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following the remission of the disease. In further studies that combine functional and structural investigations using SPECT and MRI have shown the predictive value of the size of the hippocampus on the effectiveness of EMDR therapy (Pagani et al. Submitted). Conclusion: the effects of EMDR therapy were coupled with a significant improvement in symptoms and a reduction of hyperreactivity to stimuli, emotional, functional in a normalization of some specific areas and an increase in hippocampal volume probably due to neo- neurogenesis. These results are consistent with previous literature and with current knowledge about PTSD and suggest a neurobiological basis of therapeutic EMDR confirming the functional impact on brain structures involved in anxiety-disorders. Bibliography: 1. Lansing et al. (2005). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 17 (4) :526-532. 2. I DH and J. Choi (2007). J EMDR pract Res, 1 (1) :24-30. 3. Bossini et al. (2007). J Neuropsych Clin Neurosci, 19 (4) :475-476. 4. Lindauer et al. (2005). Psychol Med, 35 :1-11. 5. Högberg et al. (2007). Nord J Psych, 61 (1) :54-61. 6. Högberg et al. (2008). Psych Res, doi: 10.1016/j.psychres.2007.10.019. 7. Pagani et al. (2007). NUC Med Comm, 28 (10) :757-65. [Pagani abstract]

Keywords: Brain Functions  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Garvey, K. J. (2004). Increased interhemispheric interaction leads to decreased false memories for prose: The effects of degree of handedness and of eye movement-induced cortical activation. University of Toledo, Toledo, OH. AAT 3141037.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Two experiments examining the effects of mixed handedness (which is associated with increased interhemispheric interaction) and horizontal saccadic eye movements (which are associated with increased bihemispheric cortical activation) on the recognition of prose are reported. In study one mixed handedness was associated with greater accuracy in both rejecting new material and recognizing old material. In study two eye movements resulted in relative improvement of episodic memory. This improvement is hypothesized to reflect increased interaction between the left and right cerebral hemispheres, which is associated with superior episodic memory. Implications for possible neuropsychological mechanisms underlying eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), a therapeutic techniquDissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(7-B), 2005, pp. 3738.e for PTSD, are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Cognitive Processes  Empirical Study  Eye Movements  False Memory  Handedness  Interhemispheric Interaction  Neurobiology  Quantitative Study  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Prose  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. O'Malley, A. (2009, March). Infant mental health & EMDR. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Infant brain development occurs sequentially implying vulnerabilities during the early years of life. This has a direct relationship on attunement, which is influenced by developmental neglect and trauma. The effects of this trauma for EMDR therapy are explored. New information about the probable mechanism of action of the bilateral stimulation used in EMDR is presented. The mechanism of translating sensory input into new neuronal patterns is explained. The hypothesis of a ‘window of tolerance’ in trauma is mentioned with the reasons why EMDR can help alleviate trauma by expanding the window of tolerance. An additional model of applying EMDR is outlined. This involves multilateral activation of sympathetic nervous systems to consciously overcome traumas. This process will be shown to lead to brainstem stimulation activating the cranial nerves, which innervate the ocular muscles generating rapid eye movement. This approach involves motor and sensory integration at the level of the 12 cranial nerves. Some case examples using bilateral olfactory desensitisation are discussed. Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health services within the NHS are outlined

Keywords: Infants  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Knudsen, N. J. (2007). Integrating EMDR and Bowen Theory in treating chronic relationship dysfunction. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.169-186). Hoboken,. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The concept of Chronic Relationship Dysfunction was developed by the author to describe the experience of those who are unable to find and maintain a healthy relationship with a mate and who feel considerable related emotional distress. The types of experiences that people with this problem typically present in a clinical setting include the inability to make any meaningful contact with an appropriate partner and making a series of poor choices so that no relationship lasts. Clients seeking treatment for relationship problems can be effectively treated using a Bowen family systems perspective (Bowen, 1978; Kerr & Bowen, 1988) as the theoretical backdrop for understanding the bigger relational context. In addition, the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model (Shapiro, 2001) can be used to understand the physiological link between critical early life experiences and current dysfunction. Together these theories provide a cohesive theoretical base and integrative treatment approach for use with clients with chronic relationship dysfunction. The AIP model and the Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) approach address current symptoms such as chronic relationship dysfunction by allowing the individual to reprocess the old material, thus integrating it with current information. The treatment model described here utilizes the basic structure of the EMDR protocol with the clinical application of Bowen Theory at certain key times. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  AIP  Bowen Theory  Chronic Relationship Dysfunction  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Theory  Interpersonal Relationships  Models  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Bardin, A., Comet, J., & Porten, D. (2007). Integrating EMDR and family therapy: Treating the traumatized child. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 325-343). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
No abstract available.

Keywords: Emotional Trauma  Family Systems Perspective  Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  Structural Family Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Therapeutic Stages  Traumatic Event  Traumatized Child  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Glang, C., & Penner, C. (1996, June). Integrating EMDR with marital and family systems therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation reflects our thoughts and clinical experiences regarding ways that EMDR can broaden the therapeutic interplay between individual and systemic issues. We will discuss iwmerous areas of consideration, along with case examples. A list of questions will be handed out, which can help to guide therapists' thinking. We will also suggest ways to design cognitive interweaves with a systemic focus.

Keywords: Family Therapy  Marital Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Maxfield, L., Kaslow, F. W., & Shapiro, F. (2007). The integration of EMDR and family systems therapies. In F. Shapiro, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and Family Therapy Processes (pp. 407-422). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc. xxxiii, 470 pp.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
A fundamental tenet of systems theory is that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts (von Bertalanaffy, 1968). Clearly, this basic principle can be applied to the integration of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and family systems therapy (FST): The combined approach has a synergistic effect, with each of the two treatment components intertwining to maximize the individual effects of the other. This integrative treatment approach can result in profound changes for both the individual and the family. This chapter presents a case study of EMDR treatment of Tara, a 15-year-old girl, who was treated successfully with EMDR (for details, refer to Chapter 1; see record 2007-01569-001). This case is summarized here to serve as a foundation for a discussion of similarities and differences among the various FST models, as well as to provide an overview of an integrative FST and EMDR treatment. The authors suggest how the various integrative treatment approaches described in this book could have been used if the parents had been willing to engage in family therapy with Tara. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family System Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Twombly, J. H., & Schwartz, R. C. (2008). The integration of the internal family systems model and EMDR. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 295-311). New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Although EMDR can be used successfully with the majority of clients, there are times when its effectiveness is limited, and clients for whom it simply doesn't work. Often this occurs when affect is partially or completely unavailable and the flow of the processing becomes partially or completely blocked. The Internal Family Systems Model (IPS; Schwartz, 1995) is an elegant, efficient, and powerful ego state treatment modality that, when used with EMDR, can increase its range of effectiveness. This chapter will provide an introduction to IPS and describe ways of using it to enhance or enable EMDR processing. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family Systems Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Maxfield, L. (2007). Integrative treatment of intrafamilial child sexual abuse. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 344-364). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter discusses childhood sexual abuse (CSA); the role of the family after disclosure; theoretical conceptualizations; and family systems therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of CSA. A combination of family therapy and EMDR can provide thorough comprehensive treatment for the child and nonoffending family members. The integrated treatment process developed by this author has four stages, as further discussed here. To simplify, the family situation is configured as a nonoffending protective mother with a child abused by the mother's husband or live-in boyfriend. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Childhood Sexual Abuse  Family Systems Theory  Family Systems Therapy  Family Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Integrative Treatment  Sexual Abuse  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Paterson, M. (2001, May). Interactive cognitive sub-systems as a theoretical basis for EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a novel approach to treating Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). It relies upon having clients access images of their traumas, negative self-schemas, emotions, and somatic memories and reprocessing these to resolution of the traumatic memory. The simultaneous linking of these components is accompanied by alternating stimulations of the brains hemispheres using either auditory tones, tactile sensation, or rapid eye movements across the visual field. Successful completion of the treatment results in trauma images fading, positive cognitive shift, reduction of negative affect, and disappearance of somatic sensations. Shapiro (1995) proposed an 'accelerated processing model' for EMDR that essentially pulls together the different strands of the treatment in a coherent way. It suggests that the brain heals itself, as with tissue damage, and changes in symptomatology are always from negative to positive. What Shapiro's model does not do is operationally define her concepts and explain the way changes in dysfunctional information occur. For example, the EMDR model, as with Beck's (1987) Clinical Cognitive Model, accepts that clients place new meaning on dysfunctionally stored information, but lacks explanation of how this occurs: i.e. the shift from irrational to rational beliefs, and from 'cold' to 'hot' cognitions. This paper rectifies the difficulties the 'accelerated processing model' has in acting as a theoretical basis for EMDR. It describes firstly the received wisdom on the neurophysiological, and psychological correlates of PTSD. It then goes on to examine the treatment components considered necessary for the effective resolution of the disorder. In its final phase, the paper considers how well models of information processing explain the acquisition and maintenance of PTSD. It adopts a modification of the Ingerchanging Cognitive Subsystems (ICS) approach (Teasdale & Barnard, 1993), a theory based in cognitive science, to operationally define EMDR's component parts and its process in the treatment of PTSD. The ICS approach is recommended as a useful way to conceptualise the maintenance of PTSD and a strong theoretical basis for EMDR.

Keywords: Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Herbert, C. (2004, June). Introduction to a safe place installation protocol for use with clients who have no pre-existing concepts or feelings of safety. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Theoretical background: The teaching of a “safe place installation protocol” forms part of the standard EMDR training and for my EMDR practitioners and consultants alike it belongs to their repertoire of EMDR treatment techniques. Such a protocol requires clients to access and identify with an experienced place of safety in their lives. Complex (i.e., Type II) trauma clients, as well as other clients which have not been able to build a secure, positive sense of inner self, as a result of their unsafe experiences during most of all of their life, however, may find it very difficult to access and identify a safe place, which they can draw on during the use of EMDR safe place installation protocol. The standard safe pace installation protocol therefore frequently does not work for these clients. Yet, it is suggested in this presentation that access to the inner ‘safe place’ resource can be of particular therapeutic benefit for this client group. In recognition of the need for such a resource, Dr. Herbert has developed an alternative version of an EMDR-based safe place installation protocol, which draws on all sensory modalities (involving, cognitive, emotional and somatic systems) that will work with clients who have no known prior access to a place of safety in their lives.
Aim of presentation: The conference audience will have the unique opportunity to experience Dr. Herbert’s safe place installation protocol’ during an in-vivo EMDR demonstration session. Suggested variations of the protocol tailored to individual client differences and clinical applications for the use of such a resource with this client group will also be explored. The latter will include use of the protocol as an inner anchoring point that clients can access and connect to in situations of crisis in their daily life and as an aid to facilitate the rebalancing of nervous system functioning.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  EMDR Resource Installation  Protocol  Safe Place  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Farrell, D. (2005, June). An investigation into participants’ experiences of EMDR training and the implications for future developments in the teaching and learning of EMDR. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study investigates the experiences of participants (N=103) who had undertaken EMDR Level 1 or 2 training in Ireland. The audit ascertained participant's core profession, main psychological treatment orientation, present utilization of EMDR within current clinical practice, number of clients treated, types of referral issues, average number of sessions, and provision for clinical supervision. In addition participants provided feedback as to their views on their EMDR training experience. EMDR trainings were criticised in areas which included participant involvement, group practicum's, competency and fitness to practice, clinical supervision, post training professional development, and the lack of any systems of assessment of either knowledge or application of EMDR. The findings were integrated into the development of a university based EMDR training at Masters Degree level with multiple modes of assessment.

Keywords: Symposium  Training  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. National Council on Disability (2009, March). Invisible wounds: Serving service members and veterans with PTSD and TBI. Author.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
More than 1.6 million American service members have deployed to Iraq and Afghanistan in Operation Iraqi Freedom (OIF) and Operation Enduring Freedom (OEF). As of December 2008, more than 4,000 troops have been killed and over 30,000 have returned from a combat zone with visible wounds and a range of permanent disabilities. In addition, an estimated 25-40 percent have less visible wounds--psychological and neurological injuries associated with post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) or traumatic brain injury (TBI), which have been dubbed "signature injuries" of the Iraq War. National Council on Disability (NCD) concurs with the recommendations of previous Commissions, Task Forces and national organizations that: (1) A comprehensive continuum of care for mental disorders, including PTSD, and for TBI should be readily accessible by all service members and veterans. This requires adequate staffing and adequate funding of Veterans Administration (VA) and Department of Defense (DoD) health systems; (2) Mechanisms for screening service members for PTSD and TBI should be continuously improved to include baseline testing for all Service Members pre-deployment and follow up testing for individuals that are placed in situations where head trauma may occur; and (3) The current array of mental health and substance abuse services covered by TRICARE should be expanded and brought in line with other similar health plans. As this report indicates, the medical and scientific knowledge needed to comprehensively address PTSD and TBI is incomplete. However, many evidence-based practices do exist. Unfortunately, service members and veterans face a number of barriers in accessing these practices including stigma; inadequate information; insufficient services to support families; limited access to available services, and a shortage of services in some areas. Many studies and commissions have presented detailed recommendations to address these needs. There is an urgent need to implement these recommendations. (Contains 4 exhibits.)

Keywords: Afghanistan  Iraq  Military  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  TBI  Traumatic Brain Injury  Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives: 1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model. 2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists. 3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes 4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist. 5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.

Keywords: Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Lazzari, D. (2008, Novembre). L'EMDR in ottica PNEI (interazione corpo-mente) [EMDR in optical PNEI (interaction body-mind)]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In questi anni l’EMDR si è affermata come trattamento di evidenza nel più classico e più grave dei disturbi direttamente legati allo stress, cioè il PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) e sono stati evidenziati i suoi effetti sul SNC. Nonostante questo ed il suo progressivo impiego in una ampia varietà di situazioni sono ancora poche le riflessioni sull’EMDR dal punto di vista dell’integrazione mente-corpo, in particolare utilizzando i dati offerti dal campo di ricerca della PNEI. Nel presente lavoro ci soffermeremo su alcuni di questi aspetti per evidenziare come l’EMDR rappresenta una delle terapie più rispondenti alle nuove evidenze scientifiche ed alle esigenze di una scienza integrata della salute. Tre gli elementi salienti offerti dalla ricerca: 1. La vita ha plasmato nel percorso evolutivo strutture altamente integrate, descrivibili come sistemi complessi a rete in retroazione continua con il contesto. In particolare i sistemi nervoso, endocrino ed immunitario costituiscono nel network psicocorporeo un “super-sistema” di relazione e regolazione in grado di assicurare gli equilibri adattativi incorporando l’esperienza e gestendo la dinamica mantenimento-cambiamento (“regolazione allostatica”). Quindi l’organismo non è una macchina fatta di parti autonome tra loro assemblate, ma una realtà che parte dall’unità (zigote) e mantiene tale carattere unitario in tutte le sue articolazioni. 2. Lo stress non è qualcosa di per sé eccezionale e patologico, deve invece essere visto – all’opposto – come l’espressione di un insieme di processi (un sistema) che modulano la regolazione individuo-contesto a fini adattativi. In sostanza il sistema dello stress è sempre attivo e solo in situazioni di eccesso o di carenza (acute o croniche) produce effetti progressivamente dannosi per l’individuo. Le attività legate allo stress producono un “carico allostatico” (peso biologico, energetico) che – in relazione a fattori soggettivi ed esterni – può divenire “sovraccarico” innescando una catena di successive alterazioni nel funzionamento dell’organismo. Parallelamente vi è un “carico” ed un “sovraccarico psicologico” legati al primo da processi circolari. 3. Nel network corporeo e nel sistema dello stress, ovvero nei processi di regolazione generale interni e individuo-contesto, la mente svolge un ruolo cruciale di modulazione come dimensione nella quale i segnali (interni ed esterni) vengono trasformati in informazioni (assegnazione di significati) in base ai percorsi ed alle esigenze individuali di adattamento. La mente rappresenta così la più alta espressione dell’evoluzione della vita e delle sue strategie adattative e ciò spiega il suo ruolo rispetto al funzionamento complessivo dell’organismo. Le recenti acquisizioni delle neuroscienze hanno mostrato l’interdipendenza tra attività psichica, espressione genica e plasticità cerebrale che rende possibile il ruolo della mente. Il sovraccarico allostatico e psicologico legati allo stress dipendono in gran parte dall’attività mentale e costituiscono il principale fattore di rischio per la salute nelle società occidentali, antecedenti accertati delle patologie più diffuse. Se guardiamo a quanto detto sinora nell’ottica dello sviluppo individuale (fase intrauterina, processi di attaccamento, eventi significativi successivi) possiamo avere una idea di come mente, corpo e contesto interagiscono nella strutturazione dell’individuo ed il ruolo condizionante e de-strutturante delle situazioni e degli eventi che provocano una alterazione da stress. Le ricerche sul rapporto tra stress e sviluppo psicobiologico, tra modalità di attaccamento, strutturazione dei circuiti cerebrali, o tra queste e salute, confermano tali assunti (Lazzari, 2007). Venendo più da vicino all’EMDR, gli studi sulla psicobiologica del PTSD stanno mostrando che siamo di fronte sostanzialmente ad una manifestazione (particolarmente complessa ed accentuata) degli effetti dello stress sul network psicocorporeo (Iribarren et al., 2005). La ricerca sul PTSD (e gli altri disturbi da stress del DSM) deve incrociare necessariamente i filoni di studio sopra richiamati ed utilizzare la cornice concettuale che ne scaturisce. Gli effetti psicobiologici dello stress estremo e del trauma vanno inquadrati nell’ambito delle interazioni mente-corpo e della regolazione allostatica (carico vs sovraccarico allostatico). A nostro avviso, al di là degli specifici effetti sul SNC, l’EMDR si è mostrata efficace nel PTSD in relazione alla sua caratteristica generale di ricercare ed utilizzare come “target” non singoli aspetti di una esperienza, bensì l’esperienza nei suoi diversi aspetti: cognitivi, emotivi, fisiologici e relazionali. Il lavoro dell’EMR va a recuperare una integrazione perduta e lavora su questa. Si deve tenere presente infatti che, in via generale e preminente, lo stress compromette i livelli di integrazione, coerenza e flessibilità del sistema: lo stress cronico per processi progressivi di disregolazione, quello acuto per “rotture”, blocchi e sconnessioni. Pertanto l’elaborazione dell’informazione (e delle conseguenze) legata ad eventi e situazioni stressanti passa attraverso una re-integrazione di tutti gli aspetti psicobiologici correlati per giungere ad una ristrutturazione. Il livello di “penetrazione” (efficacia) di un approccio terapeutico è molto legato alla sua omogeneità con la realtà su cui interviene,cioè al fatto di parlare lo stesso linguaggio. E questo è un punto di forza notevole per l’EMDR. I dati disponibili sono coerenti con quanto enunciato: l’EMDR modifica i parametri fisiologici riducendo ed annullando l’attivazione da stress, spostando la bilancia dall’inibizione simpatica all’attivazione parasimpatica (Sack et al. 2007) e risulta associata l’abbassamento dell’arousal fisiologico, cioè con pattern di attività regolari e trofiche (Sack et al. 2008), mostrando similarità con quanto accade durante il sonno REM (Elofsson et al., 2008). L’EMDR incide altresì su disturbi fisici legati al sistema dello stress, come ad esempio hanno mostrato ricerche su patologie dermatologiche (Gupta, 2002).

In recent years, EMDR has established itself as the treatment of evidence in the most classical and most serious of disorders directly related to stress, that is, PTSD (Bisson & Andrew, 2007) and were highlighted its effects on the CNS. Despite this and its progressive use in a wide variety of situations are still few reflections from the perspective sull'EMDR mind-body integration, in particular using data provided by the search of PNEI. In this work we will focus on some of these issues to highlight how EMDR is one of the therapies are more responsive to new scientific evidence and the needs of an integrated science of health. Three main elements of research are: 1. Life has shaped the evolutionary highly integrated structures, we describe how systems complex feedback network continues with the context. In particular, the nervous, endocrine immune network and provide psycho in a "super-system" of relationship and adjustment able to ensure the balance incorporating adaptive expertise and managing the dynamic maintenance-change ( "regulation allostatica"). Then the body is a machine made of autonomous parts, assembled together, but a reality that leaves the unit (zygote) and maintains that unitary in all its joints. 2. Stress is not something in itself exceptional and pathological, but must be seen - in contrast -- as the expression of a set of processes (a system) that modulate the individual-regulation framework for adaptive. In essence, the system of stress is always on and only in situations of excess or deficiency (acute or chronic) effects progressively damaging to the individual. The Stress-related activity produces a "load allostatico" (weight biological energy) that -- relation to subjective factors and external - can become "overloaded" by triggering a chain of subsequent alterations in the functioning of the organism. In parallel there is a "load" and a "Overload psychological" processes related to the first round. 3. In the network system and body of stress, or in the process of setting general internal and individual-context, the mind plays a crucial role as a dimension of modulation in which signals (internal and external) are transformed into information (assigning meanings) depending on the paths and individual needs of adaptation. The mind is so the highest expression of the evolution of life and its adaptive strategies, which explains its role in relation to the overall functioning of the organism. The recent acquisitions of neuroscience have shown the interdependence of psychic activity, gene expression and plasticity brain that makes the role of the mind. Overload allostatico and psychological stress-related depend in large part by activism mental and constitute the main risk factor for health in Western societies, antecedents established disease spreading. If we look to the foregoing view of personal development (stage intrauterine attachment process, significant events later) we can have an idea of how mind, body and environment interact in the structuring the individual and the role conditioning and de-structuring of situations and events that cause an alteration by stress. Research on the relationship between stress and psychobiological development, including mode of attachment, structure of brain circuits, or between them and health, confirmation of these given (Lazzari, 2007). Coming closer all'EMDR, psychobiological studies of PTSD are showing that we are dealing essentially an event (especially complex and pronounced) the effects of stress on the network psycho (Iribarren et al., 2005). Research on PTSD (and other stress disorders DSM) must necessarily cross the strands study mentioned above and use the conceptual framework that arises. Psychobiological effects of extreme stress and trauma should be classified within mind-body interactions and regulation allostatica (load vs. overload allostatico). In our view, beyond the specific effects on the CNS, EMDR has been shown effective in PTSD in connection with his characteristic broad research and use as a "target" rather than individual aspects of an experience, but experience in its different aspects: cognitive, emotional, physiological and relational. Work dell'EMR goes to retrieve a lost and working on this integration. It should be remembered that, in general, and prominent, stress affects the levels of integration, consistency and flexibility of the system: chronic stress for progressive process of dysregulation, the acute "broken", blocks and disconnections. Therefore processing information (and consequences) related to events and stressful situations through a re-integration of all aspects related to psychobiological reach a restructuring. The level of "penetration" (effectiveness) of a therapeutic approach is very attached to his homogeneity with the reality on which it operates, namely the fact of speaking the same language. And this is a great asset for EMDR. The available data are consistent with the statement: EMDR change physiological parameters reducing and canceling the activation by stress, shifting the balance from the inhibition nice parasympathetic activation (Sack et al. 2007) and is associated with lowering dell'arousal physiological, ie regular patterns of activity and trophic (Sack et al. 2008), showing similarities with what happens during REM sleep (Elofsson et al., 2008). EMDR also impacts on physical ailments related to the system of stress, such as have Show searches on dermatological (Gupta, 2002).

Keywords: Body-Mind Interaction  PNEI  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Shapiro, F. (2011, November). L'EMDR, le traitement adaptatif de l'information et la conceptualisation de cas [EMDR, adaptive information processing and case conceptualization]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 51E-73E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.E51.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
L’EMDR est une approche psychothérapeutique intégrative, centrée sur le client, qui met l’accent sur le système cérébral de traitement de l’information et sur les souvenirs d’expériences perturbantes en tant que fondations des pathologies qui ne sont pas causées par un déficit ou une blessure organique. L’EMDR aborde les expériences qui contribuent aux conditions cliniques ainsi que celles qui sont nécessaires pour accompagner le client vers un état de santé psychologique robuste. L’article apporte une synthèse de l’histoire, du développement et des recherches qui ont établi l’EMDR en tant que traitement soutenu empiriquement. Après l’explication du modèle de traitement adaptatif de l’information, un exemple de cas approfondi illustre la conceptualisation de cas recommandée en EMDR et les huit phases du protocole. Cette approche est utilisée pour traiter les souvenirs antérieurs qui sont à la base de la pathologie et les situations présentes qui déclenchent le dysfonctionnement, tout en apportant les scénarios pour une action future appropriée et les comportements permettant de combler les déficits développementaux et/ ou les lacunes d’acquisition d’habiletés. Les bénéfices de l’intégration de l’EMDR avec les perspectives de la systémique familiale en vue d’apporter les effets thérapeutiques les plus complets sont décrits.

EMDR is an integrative, client-centered psychotherapy approach that emphasizes the brain's information processing system and memories of disturbing experiences as the bases of those pathologies not caused by organic deficit or insult. EMDR addresses the experiences that contribute to clinical conditions and those needed to bring the client to a robust state of psychological health. Overviews of the history, development, and research that have established EMDR as an empirically supported treatment are provided. Subsequent to an explanation of the adaptive information processing model, an extended case example is used to illustrate the recommended EMDR case conceptualization and eight phases of treatment. This approach is used to process the early memories that set the foundation for the pathology and the present situations that trigger the dysfunction, while providing templates for appropriate future action that incorporate the information and behaviors needed to overcome skill and/or developmental deficits. The benefits of integrating EMDR and family systems perspectives to provide the most comprehensive therapeutic effects are described.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Mode  Systemic Family Therapy  Integrative Psychotherapy  Memories  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Selvini, M. (2011, Settember). L'Impatto delle terapie del trauma e dell'EMDR sul modello sistemico familiare-individuale [The impact of EMDR treatment of trauma and the family systems model-independent]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Uno dei limiti di fondo del modello sistemico classico (si veda La pragmatica della comunicazione di Watzlawick, 1967, o Paradosso e contro paradosso, 1975, fino agli epigoni post-moderni) è dato dal semi-annullamento della dimensione individuale (la famosa scatola nera), tra cui come ovvia conseguenza quella dell’elaborazione del trauma. Il movimento EMDR impatta così utilmente sui terapeuti sistemici nell’aiutarli a riscoprire/approfondire/integrare i temi dell’elaborazione/difesa della sofferenza e dei diversi tipi di personalità/funzionamento. Le mie scuole da qualche anno stanno formando all’EMDR tutti i docenti e tutti gli allievi del quarto anno: perché solo circa un terzo dei formati al primo livello utilizza poi effettivamente questa tecnica? Lo stiamo studiando con incontri a piccolo gruppo subito dopo i tre giorni del primo livello, appare infatti chiaro che chi non utilizza subito la tecnica non lo farà più.

One of the limitations of the underlying classical system model (see The pragmatics of communication of Watzlawick, 1967, or Paradox and counter paradox, 1975, until the post-modern successors) is given by the semi-annulment of the individual dimension (the famous black box ), including the drawing as an obvious consequence of trauma. The movement thus usefully EMDR impacts on systemic therapists in helping them to discover / learn / integrate the development issues / defense of the suffering and the different personality types / functions. My schools a few years being trained EMDR all teachers and all pupils in the fourth year, because only about one third of the formats on the first level then actually uses this technique? We're studying with small group meetings in the three days immediately after the first level, it seems clear that those not using the technique just will not do it anymore.

Keywords: Family Systems  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Tofani, L. R. (2006, March). Le famiglie cosiddette multiproblematiche. Trauma e intervento integrato con EMDR [The so-called multiproblematic family. Trauma and intervention integrated with EMDR]. Terapia Familiare, 80, 35-59.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Famiglie multiproblematiche sono un obiettivo difficile per qualsiasi approccio terapeutico a causa della rilevanza delle esperienze traumatiche per tutti i membri della famiglia. Essi vengono sostituiti con maltrattamenti, uso di sostanze o altri comportamenti illeciti, abusi sessuali e il problema principale è quello di superare i danni di attaccamento disorganizzato e per interrompere il ciclo della violenza psicosociale e trascuratezza. Nell'esempio riportato, terapia familiare sistemi indirizzata alla realtà ecologica di queste famiglie è stato integrato con EMDR, un approccio metodologico specifico per traumi, e questo ha rafforzato i risultati attesi solo con la terapia familiare. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, tutti i diritti riservati)

Multiproblem families are a difficult target for any therapeutic approach because of the high relevance of traumatic experiences for all family members. They are overridden with maltreatment, substance use or other illegal behavior, sexual abuse and the main problem is to overcome damage from disorganized attachment and to interrupt the cycle of psychosocial violence and child neglect. In the example reported, family systems therapy addressed to the ecological reality of these families has been integrated with EMDR, a methodological approach specific for trauma, and this has strengthened the expected outcome using only family therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Family Members  Family Therapy  Family  Integrated Services  Intervention  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Robinson, N. S. (2012, June). Legacy informed EMDR: Promote positive and desensitize negative core beliefs stemming from transgenerational and cultural sources [Legado informado EMDR: Promover positivo y desensibilizar a las creencias negativas que se derivan de las fuentes principales transgeneracionales y cultural]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Ancestral, familial and cultural factors often become embedded and can lay the foundation of core negative beliefs and symptomatology. Legacy informed EMDR introduces the idea that EMDR can be utilized to reconsolidate transgenerational roots of symptomatology. The workshop outlines how to use EMDR to: 1) promote a positive core belief by accessing legacy-based resources 2) desensitize legacy-based maladaptive beliefs, traumatic events and emotional baggage 3)help clients develop an affirming coherent life narrative. This integrative approach is informed by a wide range of recent, notable researchers in the fields of neurobiology, attachment, and family systems (Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). The workshop addresses how to incorporate legacy informed work into the standard 8-phase, 3-pronged protocol. Phase 1 includes an extended genogram. A core positive cognition is elicited and a VOC is taken as part of goal setting. Legacy based resources are developed for preparation and RDI. The standard protocol is used to desensitize traumatic targets. Access to ancestral, familial and cultural beliefs and information is gained with an EMDR time-line similar to that used in Maureen Kitchur’s Strategic Developmental Model (Kitchur, 2005). Clinicians can complete a course of EMDR therapy by reconsolidating threads from the distant past, remembered past, current being and future vision. Material often emerges and is reprocessed relating to race, gender, disabilities, sexual orientation and socio-economic dynamics as well as trauma and oppression. This legacy workshop is practice oriented and is anecdotally based on the presenter’s clinical work.

Factores ancestrales, familiares y culturales en muchas ocasiones se ensamblan y pueden llevar a la formación de creencias irracionales y sintomatología. El Legado informado EMDR introduce la idea de que el EMDR puede ser utilizado para reconsolidar las raíces transgeneracionales de la sintomatología. El taller revisa como usar el EDMR para: (1) Promover las creencias positivas accediendo a los recursos basados en el legado (2) Desensibiliza mediante el legado las creencias desadaptativas, eventos traumáticos y bagaje emocional. (3) Mantener el desarrollo de los clientes y afirmar la coherencia narrativa de la vida. Este enfoque integrativo esta creado a partir de un amplio espectro de recientes e importantes investigaciones en los campos de la neurobiología, apego y sistemas familiares(Siegel,1999, 2010; Main,1990; Boszormenyi-­‐Nagy,1984; White, M. & Epston, D,1990). Este taller muestra como incorporar el legado informado al trabajo de las 8 fases, con el protocolo de 3 flancos. La fase uno incluye un árbol genealógico. Una cognición positiva es elicitada y el VOC es cogido como parte de una meta. Los recursos basados en el legado son desarrollados para la preparación y el RDI. El protocolo estándar es usado para desensibilizar los recuerdos diana. Acceder a los recuerdos ancestrales, familiares y culturales y la información proporcionada por el EMDR a tiempo real es similar en la usada por el modelo de desarrollo estratégico de Maureen Kitchur(Kitchur, 2005). Los clínicos pueden completar el curso de EMDR reconsolidando estos enunciados del pasado distante, pasado recordado, presente y visión futura. A menudo el material surge y es reprocesado en función a la raza, genero, discapacidad, orientación sexual y dinámicas socioeconómicas como el trauma y la opresión. Este taller de legado es una práctica orientada y esta basada de manera anecdótica en el trabajo clínico del ponente.

Keywords: Core Beliefs  Cultural  Transgenerational  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Meignant, I. (2012, April). L’approche systémique et l’EMDR: Soigner le couple [The systems approach and EMDR: Treating the couple]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
L’utilisation conjointe du modèle systémique du double lien réciproque de Mony ElKaïm et du modèle du Traitement Adaptatif de l'Information (TAI) d’EMDR est une nouvelle perspective pour la thérapie de couple. L'utilisation des deux approches permet de développer un plan de traitement en EMDR qui tient compte et respecte les systèmes relationnels ex : couple, homme /femme, parent/enfant, employé/employeur. Lors de cette présentation les participants apprendront quand et comment travailler avec un membre du couple comme co-thérapeute ; comment un lieu sûr sur le plan individuel peut aussi s’appliquer au niveau du couple et être utilisé durant la session et à la maison ; comment déterminer les cibles dans un plan de traitement EMDR et systémique qui soit guidées par la compréhension systémique du double lien réciproque et finalement comment adapter les 8 phases du protocole EMDR auprès du couple en se basant sur le modèle systémique.
Objectifs d'apprentissage: 1. Déterminer lorsqu’il est approprié d’utiliser l’EMDR en thérapie de couple 2. Pouvoir faire l’installation d’un lieu sûr afin que cela soit une ressource pour le couple 3. Comprendre comment utiliser le modèle systémique du double lien réciproque afin d’identifier les cibles individuelles qui contribuent aux difficultés actuelles du couple 4. Comprendre les particularités de chacune des 8 phases du protocole EMDR lorsque utilisés auprès du couple.

Using both the systemic model of the double reciprocal link Mony Elkaim and model of the Adaptive Information Processing (ADP) EMDR is a new perspective for couple therapy. The use of both approaches can develop a treatment plan that considers EMDR and respects relational systems eg couple, man / wife, parent / child, employee / employer. During this presentation participants will learn when and how to work with a member of the couple as co-therapist; how a safe place at the individual level can also be applied to the couple and used during the session and at home, how identify targets in a treatment plan that is systemic and EMDR guided by the systemic understanding of the double reciprocal link and finally how to adapt the eight phases of EMDR protocol with the torque based on the systemic model.
Learning Objectives: 1. Determine when it is appropriate to use EMDR in couples therapy 2. Able to install a safe place so that this is a resource for the couple 3. Understand how to use the systemic model of the double reciprocal link in order to identify individual targets that contribute to the current difficulties of the couple 4. Understand the particularities of each of eight phases of EMDR protocol when used with the couple.

Keywords: Couples  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Neunuebel, C. L. (2010, July). Making EMDR user friendly for Asians. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Making EMDR User Friendly For Asians: 1. Training Asians in EMDR • Issues of confidentiality • Fears of being judged by colleagues • School systems in Asia being shame based • Shame in speaking about personal issues • Poor knowledge of own emotions • Issues of fate and karma • Need for Asian facilitators to be assertive with authority figures • Hesitancy of Asian trainees to ask questions • Western facilitators receive more compliance but need for Asian facilitators • Need for translated material to be in colloquial language • Need for Asian vignettes. 2. Practicing EMDR by Asian practitioners and for Asian clients: • Problems with extremes – SUD’s and VOC, • Clients struggle with emphasis on individual not family, • Loss of face for practitioner to use manual, • Most Asian clients have poor imaginative or visualization skills, • Physical sensations are more available than emotions, • Lack of anger at abusive family members and authority figures, • Issues of ghosts and superstitions. 3. Supervision of Asian EMD, • Provide supervisees of own mistakes, • Providing supervision in countries where there are no consultants or facilitators, • Can provide Western supervisors-but best might be co-leading supervision with a local practitioner. My material for this presentation has been developed over 13 years of using EMDR with Asian clients and from 10 years of providing facilitation and supervision for EMDR trainees. Also my many years in Asia, speaking the languages and having been partly raised by Chinese nannies, have given me an understanding of Asian values, family organization and taboos. I would like this workshop to provide a springboard for discussions with the attendees in collecting other ides for making EMDR Asian friendly.

Keywords: Asians  Practice  Theory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. Chang, S. H. (2005). Mechanism of EM in EMDR: Change strength of semantic associations. Presentation at the American Psychological Association Annual Convention, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research background & objectives: Based on REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model, this study examined possible therapeutic mechanisms of eye movements in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1989, 1995, 2001). Stickgold (2002) proposed that sleep induced change in associative memory via activation of weak association during REM state and EMs functioned as REM sleep to integrate the episodic memory of trauma into general semantic memory. Specifically, the effect of EM in relation to order of relatedness of associations on change of strength of semantic associations for negative words after saccadic bilateral eye movements was examined in the present study. Methods: Sixty-four college students were recruited as participants. Via semantic priming task, a 2 (eye movement condition: horizontal saccadic eye movements vs. no eye movements) × 3 (strength of semantic association: strong priming vs. weak priming vs. unrelated priming) × 2 (block order of presentation: related prime first vs. unrelated prime first) mixed factorial design was performed, with strength of semantic association serving as within Ss factor and the other two variables serving as between Ss factors. The primes consisted of negative word stimuli. Each trials consisted of an 8 seconds saccadic horizontal eye movement manipulation (200 ms per movement in EM condition), followed by 500-msec fixation point and then prime displayed for 32msec, which was followed immediately by the target. The participant was instructed to read the target as soon as possible and the reaction time was recorded by the compuer. While absolute primeability index for strong (or weak) association was calculated as (RT related – RT unrelated) for strong primes or weak primes, respectively, relative primeability index was calculated as (RT related – RT unrelated)/RT unrelated. The dependent variables were correct (%), error (%), and primeability index for each of strong prime and weak prime. Change of primeability of weak associations for negative stimuli as opposed to that of strong ones under different EM conditions and different block order was compared. Results: For absolute primeability index, the 2 (EM condition) × 2 (order) × 2 (strength of priming) ANOVA showed that only the interaction effect of EM × strength of semantic association was approaching significance, indicating that weak priming significantly exceeded strong priming after EM (F (1, 56) = 18.01, p < .001; partial ω 2= .210), while the opposite was true after non-EM (F (1, 56) = 25.86, p < .0001; partial ω 2 = .280). Further, for weak prime, the priming effect was stronger after EM than after non-EM (F (1, 56) = 74.62, p < .0001; partial ω 2 = .535). For relative primeability index, it also revealed that only the interaction effect of EM × strength of semantic association was significant (F (1, 56) = 6.09, p < .02; partial ω 2 = .074), and tests of simple main effects showed similar patterns as those of absolute primeability index. Conclusions: 8s EMs was associated with change of strength of semantic associations. While EM didn’t weaken the primeability for the strong association, EM did enhance the primeability for weak associations. Further, weak priming significantly exceeded strong priming after EM, while the opposite was true after non-EM. The results echoed REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model, suggesting that EM in EMDR might reflect a shift in associative memory systems by activating different strength of associations of negative semantic nodes for different semantically related words. Given that order of relatedness didn’t play a role and previous research showed that EM resulted in decreased vividness and emotionality and generated greater amount of associations for negative stimuli as well, the implications of the present results from theoretical and psychotherapy point of views and future research possibilities are discussed.

Keywords: EMDR  REM  REM-Sleep Dependent Memory Reprocessing Model  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Saccadic Eye movement  Semantic Association  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Farma, T. (2003, May). Memory systems, EMDR and other psychotherapies. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Memory  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Hagen, H. A. (2012, May). Mental health professionals’ perspectives of best practices with children who have experienced complex trauma. University of St. Thomas.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Complex trauma in early childhood has the ability to impact a child’s development in multiple domains, thus influencing development throughout the rest of their life. The purpose of this study was to explore best practices with children who have experienced complex trauma from the perspective of mental health professionals, with a focus on children between the ages of three and five. Qualitative interviews were conducted with six mental health professionals who were asked to discuss the presentation, interventions, and outcomes of a case where the child experienced complex trauma. Consistent with previous literature, all participants in this study reported self-regulation deficits and relational impairments for the case they discussed. Additionally, all six participants utilized play therapy and expressed the importance of collaboration with other adults and systems in the child’s life in order for treatment to be successful, exemplifying the need to utilize an ecological approach. Other practices used by professionals included Cognitive Behavioral Therapies, feelings/emotion interventions, EMDR, and relational interventions such as including the parents/caregivers in treatment, addressing the attachment needs, and coaching parents. Overall, participants utilize a combination of approaches and interventions in order to provide best practices, always emphasizing safety, attachment, and development.

Keywords: Best Practice  Children  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Adler, S. P., & Heber, R. (2002, June). Multimodal approach to trauma with cross-cultural context. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with trauma, therapists must be aware of different community fabrics, support systems, cultural metaphors, and belief systems that may be different from their own. Participants will be able to identify Why, How and When combinations of modalities, including EMDR can be tailored for maximum effectiveness to specific populations. Illustrations include Latin American, European and American populations living with trauma as a result of terrorism. Additional vulnerabilities of the therapist who share past trauma histories or work in the same current environment under the threat of terrorism will be addressed.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Context  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. Amendolia, R. D. (1998). A narrative constructivist perspective of treatment of posttraumatic stress disorders with Ericksonian hypnosis and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Trauma Response, 13-14.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In a trauma survivor, physiological responses are exacerbated when the affect-laden memories stored in associative networks are triggered by environmental sensory inputs or cues and activate the autonomic nervous system. Recovery from trauma involves not only amelioration of physiological and dissociative symptoms, but also the cognitive rebuilding of a viable assumptive world view which integrates the realms of vulnerability, meaning and self-esteem. This world view is contextualized in cultural idioms and values. From an Ericksonian perspective, persons are usually attempting to problem-solve, even in a dissociative date. A symptom such as an intrusive recollection or recurrent dream of a traumatic event is therefore construed as a request for help in problem-solving. Hypnosis is a structured dissociation which facilitates cognitive flexibility; that is, the broadening of choices of the client' s belief system, rather than direct work on changing affect or behaviors. The goal of Ericksonian hypnosis is to recontextualize the traumatic memory, the affect of fear, and the physiological hyperarousal cued by the traumatic memory. This occurs within a broader context of pride, mastery and courage, and within a context inclusive of other memories and affects, which are positive for the client. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), similarly has as its goal the facilitation of a transfer of traumatic data from the cortical right hemisphere to the left hemisphere. EMDR also utilizes the attainment of a state of heightened awareness, or collaborative structured dissociation, in order to facilitate the orientation of the traumatized client's conscious mind toward "revisiting" traumatic memories. Both interventions can facilitate the self-narrative reconstruction process of trauma survivors by simultaneously modulating the person's hyperarousal while attending to the culturally significant metaphors which form the building blocks of a person' s world of meanings. [AAETS]

Keywords: Eriksonian Hypnosis  Narrative Constructionist  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2008, June). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and adoption: Fostering interactions in clinical settings [Intermediate workshop]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Narrative family therapy is the study of individuals, systems and the research on origins, development and transmission of values, as well as their meaning, and influence on social dynamics. Using tales we could symbolically represent an entity, both individual and collective, and express a personal identification, a family tie, a community link or a socially recognized status or personal worth. Externalisation, in narrative family therapy, is a process to “get out” from the person any element or quality that is transformed in some with entity. In psychotherapy, externalising is the use of language to convert problems that affect person or family on to independent entity. This transformation allows people to fight against them or to view them from a new perspective. Externalisation technique thorough the metaphoric use of tales as external representation of family entity and individual’s worth inside the family system is applied in adoption cases. The objective here is to create a link between the child history and the family history in order to cope with difficulties that children and families find after adoption. We use tales inside the symbolic techniques that permits families work together with meanings, individualism and cohesion within their members, and after adoption. We present some clinical cases with families that have adopted a child. During the treatment we have combined EMDR and narrative family therapy techniques in clinical interventions. Using them, we carried out an analysis of the therapeutic issues and benefices of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family processes.

Keywords: Adoption  Narrative Family Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. Prado-Gasco, V. J., Perez-Marin, M., & Molero-Zafra, M. (2010, July). Narrative family therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and adoption: An intervention protocol. Poster presented at the 27th International Congress of Applied Psychology, Melbourne, Australia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: From the model of Narrative family therapy we use tales that could symbolically represent in therapy settings a person or a legal entity, both individual and collective, and which expresses a personal identification, a family tie, a community link or a socially recognized status or personal worth. Externalisation, in narrative family therapy, is a process to “get out” from the person any element or quality that is transformed in some with entity (White, 1991; White y Epston, 1993). In psychotherapy, externalising is the use of language to convert problems that affect the person or family on to an independent entity. This transformation allows people to fight against them or to view them from a new perspective. Externalisation technique through the metaphoric use of tales as external representation of family entity and individual’s worth inside the family system is applied in children adoption cases. The objective here is not to fight against the external representation of the family. We use tales inside the symbolic techniques that permits families to work together with meanings, individualism and cohesion within their members, and after adoption. We present a therapeutic protocol that combined EMDR and narrative family therapy externalisation techniques. We expose in a format of clinical case report the therapeutic work with a family that have adopted a child who suffer of a simple phobia. Using the protocol we describe above we carried out an analysis of the therapeutic issues and benefices of EMDR and narrative therapy in these family processes. This protocol has been useful to manage the phobia symptoms and to improve the adoptive family identity and cohesion. The combined approach we describe could help adoptive families to understand and to interpret the meanings from the construction that family systems make of their own world and relieve psychological symptoms that children could present.

Keywords: Adoption  Intervention Protocol  Narrative Family Therapy  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Pagani, M. et al (2012, June). Neurobiological correlates of EMDR monitoring - An EEG study [Correlatos neurobiológicos y monitorización EMDR – un estudio con EEG]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Background: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a recognized first-­‐line treatment for psychological trauma. However its neurobiological bases have not been disclosed yet. Methods: Electroencephalography was used for the first time to fully monitor neuronal activation during whole EMDR sessions including the autobiographical script. Ten clients with major psychological trauma were investigated during the first EMDR session and during the last one performed after processing the index trauma. Comparisons between the EEG of the first and last EMDR session and between the EEG of the clients at the first session and those of 10 controls undergoing the same EMDR procedure were performed. Results: During both script listening and bilateral stimulation EEG showed significantly higher activity in the prefrontal limbic cortex (Brodmann Areas, BA 9-­‐ 10) at the first as compared to the last EMDR session. The opposite comparison showed a shift of the prevalent activity towards temporal, parietal and occipital cortical regions (BAs 20, 21, 22, 37, 17, 18, 19) with leftward lateralization. The comparison between the 10 clients and the 10 controls confirmed the maximal activation in the limbic cortex in the clients before processing the trauma. Conclusions: The implemented methodology made possible to image for the first time the specific activations associated with the therapeutic actions contemplated by EMDR. The findings suggested cognitive processing of traumatic events following successful EMDR therapy supporting the evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during bilateral ocular stimulation associated with a significant relieve from negative emotional experiences.

Antecedente Teórico: La desensibilización y reprocesamiento por el movimiento ocular (EMDR) es una reconocida primera línea para el tratamiento del trauma psicológico. Sin embargo sus bases neurobiológicas no han sido descifradas todavía. Método: La electroencefalografía ha sido usada por primera vez para monitorizar completamente la activación neuronal durante sesiones enteras de EMDR incluyendo el guión autobiográfico. 10 Clientes con traumas psicológicos mayores fueron investigados durante la primera sesión de EMDR y durante la última después del procesamiento del trauma raíz. Las comparaciones entre los EEG de la última y primera sesión y las de EEG de los clientes en la primera sesión y 10 controles realizando el mismo procedimiento de EMDR fueron realizadas. Resultados: Durante ambos procesos, la escucha y la estimulación bilateral, el EEG mostró una actividad significativamente mayor en el córtex límbico prefontral (Brodmann Areas, BA 9-­‐10) al principio comparadas con la última sesión de EMDR. La comparación opuesta muestra un cambio en la actividad fundamental entre las regiones corticales temporal, parietal y occipital (BAs 20, 21, 22, 37, 17, 18, 19) con lateralizaciones hacia la izquierda. La comparación entre los 10 clientes y los controles confirman la activación máxima de la corteza límbica en los clientes antes de procesar el trauma. Conclusiones: La metodología usada hizo posible visualizar la neuroimagen por primera vez de las activaciones cerebrales asociadas con las acciones terapéuticas que acontecen en el EMDR. Los hallazgos sugieren que el procesamiento cognitivo de los eventos traumáticos seguidos de una terapia EMDR exitosa apoyan la evidencia de un patrón neurobiológico diferenciado en las activaciones del cerebro durante la estimulación ocular bilateral asociados con una acumulación un experiencias emocionales negativas.

Keywords: EEG Study  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Paulsen, S., & Lanius, U. (2011, November). Neurobiology and dissocation: Information processing and the embodied self. Presentation at the 28th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Montreal, Quebec.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Neuroscience research can guide trauma treatment including EMDR, ego state, somatic, and attachment therapies (Lanius, Paulsen & Corrigan, in press). Traumatic memories tend to be encoded somatically and affectively in implicit memory. Lower brain structures, particularly basic affective circuits and the periaqueductal gray (PAG) (Panksepp, 1998), are essential to understanding of both traumatic memory and and dissociation. The polyvagal nervous system (Porges, 2001) is key to understanding the activation of different affective circuits, including the interplay between social engagement and connection, fight/flight and dissociation. A model is proposed that links alterations in consciousness to failure of integration and ultimately to structural dissociation (van der Hart et al., 2006). It is suggested that attachment trauma contributes to the failure of horizontal integration of the columnar organization of affective states, which, over time, become the foundation of discontinuous self-states: Discontinuity of self-states, amnesia barriers and dissociative state switching develop in lieu of smooth state transitions. Somatic interventions can enable sensory integration and personification (Janet, 1929), prior to trauma processing with EMDR that engages brain processing inter-hemispherically and across cortical and subcortical levels. The workshop will highlight implications of recent neurobiological findings for clinical practice.

Learning Objectives: Articulate the role of the periaqueductal gray (PAG) in the expression and experience of emotion. Identify two brain structures implicated in integrating affective and sensory information. Name three branches of the polyvagal nervous systems described by Porges.

Keywords: Dissociation  Embodies Self  Information Processing  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. Bergmann, U. (2008, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent findings and insights. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Given that EMDR originated as an empirically driven method, there has persisted a need for a more defined theoretical and neurobiological model of EMDR’s reported robust effects. This presentation will synthesize the existing research on memory formation. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings, involving the thalamus in somatosensory integration and in episodic and procedural memory integration. This material will be integrated with previously posited theories regarding the cerebellum’s involvement in many aspects of information processing and activation processes of the frontal lobes and EMDR’s activation of the neurophysiology of REM-sleep systems.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Bergmann, U. (2008). The neurobiology of EMDR: Exploring the thalamus and neural integration. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 300-314. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.300.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent neuroimaging studies on posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) have revealed a consistent decrease in thalamic activity, relative to non-PTSD controls. Empirical studies of the past decade have shown the thalamus to be centrally involved in the integration of perceptual, somatosensory, memorial, and cognitive processes (thalamo-cortical-temporal binding). A theoretical model is proposed to suggest that one underlying mechanism of EMDR stimulation (dual-attention stimulation/bilateral stimulation [DAS/BLS] ) is thalamic activation, specifi cally of the ventrolateral and central-lateral nuclei. It is hypothesized that this may facilitate the repair and integration of somatosensory, memorial, cognitive, frontal lobe and synchronized hemispheric functions that are disrupted in PTSD.

Keywords: 40-Hz Gamma-Band Activity (GBA)  Neural Oscillation  Thalamo-Cortical-Temporal Binding  Thalamus    

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Bergmann, U. (2008, June). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent findings and insights. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Prior presentations focused on EMDR’s ability to activate REM-sleep systems and to mediate frontal lobe activation. New research on the Thalamus and thalamo-cortical-temporal-binding and Somato-sensory integration will be introduced. Accordingly, new speculations will be offered regarding EMDR’s ability to reset/repair the impairment in thalamic functioning that is inherent in PTSD. This presentation will, also, introduce more recent research, contrasting thalamic impairment in Type 1 PTSD vs. Complex PTSD. In addition, new findings regarding the formation, content and storage of memory and its impairment, in PTSD, will be explored vis-à-vis EMDR's ability to make repairs, in this area.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Bergmann, U. (2007, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Recent findings and insights. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinical case reports and controlled research suggest that EMDR is equally and perhaps more efficacious than other methods in treating PTSD. However, as EMDR originated as an empirically driven method, there has persisted a need for a more defined theoretical and neurobiological model of EMDR’s reported robust effects. This presentation will synthesize the existing research on memory formation. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings, involving the thalamus in somatosensory integration and in episodic and procedural memory integration. This material will be integrated with previously posited theories regarding the cerebellum’s involvement in many aspects of information processing and activation processes of the frontal lobes and EMDR’s activation of the neurophysiology of REM-sleep systems.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Bergmann, U. (2006, September). The neurobiology of EMDR: Thalamic, cerebellar and pontine/REM processes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinical case reports and a growing body of controlled research suggest that EMDR is equally and perhaps more efficacious when cross-compared with other methods in treating Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. However, as EMDR was originally an empirically driven method, there has persisted a need for a more defined theoretical model, further scientific validation, and a neurobiological understanding of EMDR's reported robust effects. The possibility that EMDR can effectuate change on a neurobiological level has fueled speculation as to the neural-mechanisms that might underlie EMDR's effects. Brain scans and QEEG's are beginning to shed light on the alterations of brain function that EMDR appears to yield. This presentation will synthesize the existing research with theoretical speculation correlated with Francine Shapiro's model of the Adaptive Information Processing System. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings involving the thalamus in information processing and memory integration. This material will be integrated with previously posited theories regarding the cerebellum's involvement in many aspects of information processing and activation processes of the left prefrontal areas and EMDR's activation of the neurophysiology of REM-sleep systems. A neurobiological definition of EMDR serve to further legitimize its usage. It can also potentially enlighten our practice by informing preparation, resourcing and target selection strategies.

Keywords: Cerebellum  Neurobiology  Thalamus  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Boyd, S. (2010, July). The neurobiology of EMDR; An explanation using a broad biologicval appraoch. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Explanations of the neurobiological mechanisms of the Adaptive Information Processing Model and EMDR continue to engender debate among researchers and practitioners. A complete biological explanation was suggested by Tinbergen(1) to require description of: • An adaptive function • A phylogenetic (evolutionary) history • A biological mechanism • A developmental trajectory This presentation reports on a translational study which sought to analyse the processes of EMDR according to Tinbergen’s approach. Using the concept of learning in its widest biological sense, and acknowledging that there are several memory systems in the human brain, the biological framework was able to provide useful ways to conceptualise the processes of traumatisation and its treatment. In particular the ideas of competing survival goals, and conflicts in learning between memory systems were helpful in guiding EMDR treatment and in explaining the approach to patients. This framework may increase understanding of neurobiology for participants and may promote discussion among different health professional disciplines so that a wider and more consistent basis for research about EMDR is created.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Bergmann, U. (2009, June). Neurobiology of information processing. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Given that EMDR originated as an empirically driven method, there has been a persistent need for a more defined theoretical and neurobiological model of EMDR's reported robust effects. This presentation will synthesize the existing research on information processing, as well as memorial, perceptual, cognitive and somatosensorial integration. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings, involving the hippocampus and thalamus in information processing and integration. EMDR’s DAS/BLS will be shown to activate REM-systems, as well as areas of the thalamus and frontal lobes, reduced in activation by PTSD, thereby allowing for the repair of perceptual, cognitive, memorial, somatosensory and inter-hemispheric functioning.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Bergmann, U. (2009, August). The neurobiology of information processing and EMDR: Recent findings and insights. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Given that EMDR originated as an empirically driven method, there has been a persistent need for a more defined theoretical and neurobiological model of EMDR's reported robust effects. This presentation will synthesize the existing research on information processing, as well as memorial, perceptual, cognitive and somatosensorial integration. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings, involving the hippocampus and thalamus in information processing and integration. EMDR’s DAS/BLS will be shown to activate REM-systems, as well as areas of the thalamus and frontal lobes, reduced in activation by PTSD, thereby allowing for the repair of perceptual, cognitive, memorial, somatosensory and inter-hemispheric functioning.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Bergmann, U. (2010, September/October). The neurobiology of information processing: Recent findings and insights. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will synthesize the existing neurobiological research on information- processing. Specific attention will be given to recent empirical findings, involving the hippocampus and thalamus in perceptual, memorial, emotional, cognitive, and somatosensory integration. This data will be reviewed in reference to the organizing constructs of the Parallel Distributed Processing/Connectionism and the Thalamo-Cortical-Temporal-Binding models of information processing. Given that EMDR's application has historically been guided by information processing theory, this presentation will illustrate the neurobiological underpinnings of this foundation.

Keywords: Information Processing  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Fernandez, I., & Solomon, R. M. (2001, October). Neurophysiological components of EMDR treatment. In International CIANS Conference (CIANS: Collegium Internationale Activitatis Nervosae Superioris; International Association for Integrative Nervous Functions, Neurobiology of behaviour and Psychosomatics), (pp 137-140) Palermo, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The research on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has had a significant development in the last 10 years. The EMDR consists on a dual focalization activity (the use o eye movements or other forms of left/right rhythmical stimulation, while focusing on personal disturbing material). Many hypotheses have been made on how EMDR works and why the clinical results are so significant. One of the most possible reasons may regard the fact that there seems to be an innate information processing system that is physiologically configured to facilitate mental health in much the same way the rest of the body is designed to heal itself when injured (Shapiro, 1995). When operating appropriately, this system takes the perceptual and emotional information from a traumatic event to an adaptive resolution - useful information is stored with appropriate affect and is available for future use. The physiological and emotional arousal stemming from a traumatic event may disrupt the information processing mechanism. The blocked processing prevents the traumatic information from progressing through the normal steps of adaptive integration. The physiological stimulation appears to activate the innate information processing systems and may be linked to the mechanisms inherent in memory storage. EMDR apparently intervenes in brain functions, especially in the limbic system and amygdale, which have been already identified as actively involved in traumatic experiences.

Keywords: Information Processing System  Neurophysiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Armstrong, M., & Vaughan, K. (1996, March). An orienting response model of eye movement desensitization. Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry, 27(1), 21-32. doi:10.1016/0005-791(95)00056-9.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Dyck's conditioning model of EMD provides a useful description of failure of habituation in PTSD, but may not account for some common EMD phenomena. An alternative model proposes that the therapist's waving hand -- in the presence of a trauma-related cortical set -- triggers an intense orienting response (OR). Intrinsic effects of the OR facilitate continuing attention to the memory without avoidance, and provide for effective input of new trauma-related information. The person's neuronal model of the trauma alters to reflect his survival and current safety -- as true outcome of the trauma -- and associated conditioned responses extinguish. Proposals for experimental evaluation of the model are described. [Author Summary]

Keywords: Conditioned Emotional Responses  PTSD  Treatment Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Vaughan, K., & Armstrong, M. (1995, June). An orienting response model to EMDR. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The authors reviewed the literature of EMDR and consulted their own clinical experiences to establish the characteristic phenomenology of EMDR. Dyck's (1993) conditioning model of eye movement desensitization provides a useful account of failure and habituation in post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), but does not account for some of these common EMDR phenomena. The authors propose an alternative model in which the therapist's waving hand-- in the presence of a trauma-related cortical set-triggers an intense orienting response (OR). Intrinsic effects of the OR facilitate continuing attention to the memory without avoidance, and provide for effective input of new trauma-related information. The person's neuronal model of the trauma alters to reflect their survival and current safety -- as true outcome of the trauma - and associated conditioned responses extinguish. Some proposals for experimental evaluation of the model are described.

Keywords: Orienting Response  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Pagani, M., Di Lorenzo, G., Verardo, A. R., Nicolais, G., Lauretti, G., Russo, R., Cogolo, P., Niolu, C., Ammaniti, M., Siracusano, A., & Fernandez, I. (2012, January). P-1162 Pre- intra- and post-treatment EEG imaging of EMDR - neurobiological bases of treatment efficacy. European Psychiatry, 27(Supplement 1), 1-1. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(12)75329-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Aim: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a recognized first-line treatment for psychological trauma. However its neurobiological bases have not been disclosed yet. Methods: Electroencephalography was used for the first time to fully monitor neuronal activation during whole EMDR sessions including the autobiographical script. Nine clients with major psychological trauma were investigated during the first EMDR session and during the last one performed after processing the index trauma. Comparisons between the EEG of the first and last EMDR session and between the EEG of the clients at the first session and those of 9 controls undergoing the same EMDR procedure were performed. Results: During both script listening and bilateral stimulation EEG showed significantly higher activity in the prefrontal limbic cortex (Brodmann Areas, BA 9–10) at the first as compared to the last EMDR session. The opposite comparison showed a shift of the prevalent activity towards temporal, parietal and occipital cortical regions (BAs 20, 21, 22, 37, 17, 18, 19) with leftward lateralisation. The comparison between the 9 clients and the 9 controls confirmed the maximal activation in the limbic cortex in the clients before processing the trauma. Conclusions: The implemented methodology made possible to image for the first time the specific activations associated with the therapeutic actions contemplated by EMDR. The findings suggest cognitive processing of traumatic events following successful EMDR therapy supporting the evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during bilateral ocular stimulation associated with a significant relieve from negative emotional experiences.

Keywords: EEG Imaging  Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Pagani, M., Nardo, D., Flumeri, F., Salmaso, D., Looi, J., Sanchez-Crespo, A., Larsson, S.A., Sundin, Ö., Hogberg, G., & Bejerot, S. (2009, January). P03-58 volumetric changes in PTSD and in a subgroup of PTSD patients not responding to EMDR psychotherapy. European Psychiatry, 24(Supplement 1), S1057-S1057. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(09)71290-8.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Several studies have reported limbic structures volume decrease in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). However, in PTSD the effect of therapy on brain structures has seldom been investigated. The aim of the study was to evaluate the grey matter (GM) loss in occupational related PTSD and to assess the volumetric differences between patients responding (R) and non-responding (NR) to psychotherapy. Methods: Pre-EMDR MRI data of 21 train drives who did develop PTSD (S) and 22 who did not develop PTSD (NS) after person-under-the-train accidents were compared. Within S further comparisons were made between 10 R to Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy and 5 NR. Data were analysed by optimised voxel-based morphometry as implemented in Statistical Parametric Mapping. Results: As compared to NS, S showed a significant GM volume reduction in precuneus, lingual gyrus, posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. The R>NR comparison highlighted a significant GM reduction in NR in bilateral posterior cingulate, left middle frontal cortex and right parahippocampal, insular and temporal cortices. Conclusions: Comparing two large groups of subjects significant GM volumetric reductions were found in PTSD in posterior limbic structures. NR showed, as compared to R, volume reduction in cortical structures including posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. These latter two structures seem to be the hallmark for both PTSD diagnosis and therapy outcome prediction.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Farrell, D., & Keenan, P. (2007, June). Participant's experiences of EMDR training within the UK and Ireland. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This study investigated the experiences of several hundreds of participants who had undertaken EMDR training in the United Kingdom and Ireland over the last ten years. The research group was drawn from both the membership of the EMDR UK and I Approved Commercial Training. The research ascertained participant’s core profession, main psychological treatment orientation, present utilization of EMDR within current clinical practice, number of clients treated, types of referral issues, average number of sessions, and provision for clinical supervision. Participants were then asked to provide feedback as to their views on their EMDR training experience. Results demonstrated a significant proportion of practitioners integrated EMDR with Cognitive Behavioural Therapy more than any other paradigm. EMDR trainings were criticised in areas which included participant involvement, post training, professional development, and systems of assessment of knowledge and application of EMDR. The findings suggest a need to develop competency based curriculum training in EMDR. Arguments will be presented to support the need to teach EMDR within a wider clinical context.

Keywords: Ireland  Training  Treatment  UK  United Kingdom  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

147. Radke, M. (2002, June). A perfect complement: EMDR and internal family systems. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR and the Internal Family System (IFS) model share a common treatment approach and their integration significantly increases the effectiveness of both. The workshop will provide a brief overview of the central IFS components. It will then demonstrate how IFS "parts" work can facilitate developing target events and memories, cognitions, feelings, and sensations, plus assist with reducing client resistance and looping. The IFS idea of "self leadership" will give a new context for "resource installation" and "cognitive interweave." A case example of abandonment by self or family will show how IFS enhances the timing and content of EMDR protocol.

Keywords: IFS  Internal Family Systems  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Elofsson, U. O. E., von Scheele, B., Theorell, T., & Sondergard, H. P. (2008, May). Physiological correlates of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 22(4), 622-634. doi:10.1016/j.janxdis.2007.05.012.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is an established treatment for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). However, its working mechanism remains unclear. This study explored physiological correlates of eye movements during EMDR in relation to current hypotheses; distraction, conditioning, orienting response activation, and REM-like mechanisms. During EMDR therapy, fingertip temperature, heart rate, skin conductance, expiratory carbon dioxide level, and blood pulse oximeter oxygen saturation, were measured in male subjects with PTSD. The ratio between the low and high frequency components of the heart rate power spectrum (LF/HF) were computed as measures of autonomic balance. Respiratory rate was calculated from the carbon dioxide trace. Stimulation shifted the autonomic balance as indicated by decreases in heart rate, skin conductance and LF/HF-ratio, and an increased finger temperature. The breathing frequency and end-tidal carbon dioxide increased; oxygen saturation decreased during eye movements. In conclusion, eye movements during EMDR activate cholinergic and inhibit sympathetic systems. The reactivity has similarities with the pattern during REM-sleep. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Autonomic Physiology  Empirical Study  Heart Rate Variability  Males  Orienting Response  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychophysiology  PTSD  Quantitative Study  Respiration  Refugees  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Daniel, J. (2000). Play therapy and EMDR. The Children’s Group Association Newsletter. Retrieved from http://www.cgta.net/newsletters/play_therapy.html November 16, 2011.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Children vary greatly in their ability to tolerate focusing on “the problem.” The wise EMDR therapist has various ways of approaching a traumatic memory or a current day problem to fit the tolerance level of the client. EMDR and the process of bilateral stimulation to address problematic material is one method of speeding up therapeutic work with children. However, when using bilateral stimulation with children I am simultaneously using my training as a family systems therapist, and the various play therapy strategies that were the backbone of my work with children before I learned EMDR or other alternative therapies. In a way, EMDR and the sand tray saved my professional life. In my first year of practice after my family therapy post-graduate training, I got a job at a family therapy clinic in Louisville, Kentucky. I was assigned to handle all referrals that came to the agency through a Victim Assistance grant. All of these were cases in which a child had been victim of some crime, and the majority were victims of abuse from some one other than a family member. You can imagine the population. Families who had found that a neighbor or teacher had abused their child were common. Both child and family were traumatized. My family therapy skills were good. But in addition to them I needed two things: a better way for children to communicate their feelings and a way to help both adults and children reduce the intensity of emotions around the trauma they had been through. Just (Continued from page 1) when I was beginning to feel that I was not up to the job, I learned EMDR. With this wonderful knowledge, I found I could help both children and adults move beyond the trauma and regain their grasp on the present moment, their strengths and their security. A deepening understanding of play therapy provided the additional communication tools I needed. Since Then I have never looked back, and find that our field is continually generating new perspectives and more efficient tools for us to use.

Keywords: Children  Play Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Gibson, R. (2000, september). Post traumatic stress disorder and the thalamic/cortical pause. ETC: A Review of General Semantics, 57(3), 354-361.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent research supports use of "cortical/thalamic pause" treatment modality including EMDR. [Adapted from Text] [Pilots]

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy  Neurophysiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Lamprecht, F., & Sack, M. (2002). Posttraumatic stress disorder revisited. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 222-237.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In this review we trace the history of and professional discussion on psychological traumatization due to "railroad spine syndrome," "shell-shock syndrome," and "war neuroses," as well as the more or less endemic "posttraumatic stress disorder" of today. Psychological trauma engenders longlasting consequences in the biological, intrapsychic, and social organization of individuals. Medical experts have reported a shift in attention from exogenous to endogenous and back to exogenous causes, as indicated by new diagnostic systems (DSM-IV and ICD-10). As far as the relevant literature is concerned, the medical profession demonstrates the same partial amnesia as their patient counterparts. The purpose of this review is to overcome this fragmented memory and thus reach a more integrated view of what constitutes psychological trauma by reviewing trauma-related articles published in Psychosomatic Medicine. Moreover, we point out the direction in which research is desperately needed and ought to develop.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Benedek, D. M., & Ursano, R. J. (2009, Spring). Posttraumatic stress disorder: From phenomenology to clinical practice. Focus, 7(2), 160-175.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The psychological and behavioral consequences of exposure to traumatic events—particularly combat—have been recognized throughout the ages. Since its 1982 introduction in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3rd edition much has been learned about the pathophysiology of PTSD. Current theories focus on brain regions and neurobiological systems regulating stress and fear response, fear memory formation and retrieval. Effective pharmacologic and psychotherapeutic interventions target these systems. New treatments must prove more effective in specific subpopulations of patients with PTSD. These will include combinations of pharmacologic agents and psychotherapy, and treatments targeting different regions, receptors, or mechanisms involved in the traumatic stress response.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Klaff, F. (2005, September). Practical EMDR with children and adolescents:  An integrative family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop offers creative and practical applications for integrating EMDR into child, adolescent and family systems therapy. Ways to introduce EMDR, uncover targets, adapt cognitive interweave to different ages and stages of development and assess and utilize parental involvement will be taught. Problems, such as resistance, family complexities and chronic versus crisis problems, will be addressed. Enhancement skills including affect management and ego strengthening will be taught. The how-to's of play, art, music and stories as vehicles for creatively using EMDR will be demonstrated. Cases involving ADHD, adoption, cutting, divorce, sexual abuse and other traumas will be illustrated with videos, scripts and roleplay. Dr. Klaff is known far her lively presentations, creativity and humor.

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Integrative Family Systems Approach  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Pagani, M. (2012, March). Pre-, intra-, and post-treatment EEG imaging of EMDR – Neurobiological bases of treatment efficacy. Poster presentation at the Scientific Programme of the 20th European Congress of Psychiatry, Prague, Czech Republic.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Conclusions: The implemented methodology made possible for the first time to image and represent on the cortical surface the specific brain activations associated with the therapeutic actions contemplated by EMDR protocol. These findings suggest the cognitivization of traumatic events following successful EMDR therapy with the maximal neuronal firing shifting from prefrontal-limbic to parieto-occipital associative cortex. Our results also support the evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during bilateral ocular stimulation.

Keywords: EEG Imaging  Efficacy  Neurobiology  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Pagani, M., Di Lorenzo, G., Monaco, L., Niolu, C., Siracusano, A., Verardo, A. R., Lauretti, G., Fernandez, I., Nicolais, G., Cogolo, P., & Ammaniti, M. (2011). Pretreatment, intratreatment, and posttreatment EEG imaging of EMDR: Methodology and preliminary results from a single case. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(2), 42-56. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.2.42.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Electroencephalography (EEG), due to its peculiar time and spatial resolution, was used for the first time to fully monitor neuronal activation during the whole eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) session, including the autobiographical script. The present case report describes the dominant cortical activations (Z-score >1.5) during the first EMDR session and in the last session after the client processed the index trauma. During the first EMDR session, prefrontal limbic cortex was essentially activated during script listening and during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR. In the last EMDR session, the prevalent electrical activity was recorded in temporal, parietal, and occipital cortical regions, with a clear leftward lateralization. These findings suggest a cognitive processing of the traumatic event following successful EMDR therapy and support evidence of distinct neurobiological patterns of brain activations during lateral eye movements in the desensitization phase of EMDR.

Keywords: Bilateral Ocular Stimulation  Cortical Activation  EEG  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Matthess, H. (2007, June). Profits from the benefit of structural dissociation on the application with EMDR for complex-traumatized clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with chronic and complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) caused by severe traumata in childhood, are often still treated inadequately, especially when they developed additional dissociative symptoms or a Dissociative Disorder. There is a current consensus about the need tomodify the EMDR standard protocol in the treatment of complex traumatized and dissociative clients. From the theoretical background of structural dissociation theory and Janet’s system of action systems, the therapist has not only to recognize clients’ deficits but also to address action tendencies in the client’s inner system that could ameliorate coping strategies in solving problems in daily life. With the help of bilateral stimulation, blending of parts of the personality containing different information can be promoted often resulting in remarkable changes in the behavior and resource activation. The main principles that need to be regarded treating complex and dissociative clients with bilateral stimulation will be explained and basic rules for treatment plans including the use of EMDR will be developed. English subtitled video examples demonstrate the proposed modification of the EMDR standard protocol and will be discussed in detail. I will present shortly recent research findings on autonomic nervous system alterations during EMDR. These results help to define special working mechanisms of our modified EMDR protocol in clients with dissociative disorders.

Keywords: Complex Trauma  Dissociation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Pocock, D. (2011, November). The promise of EMDR in family and systemic psychotherapy: A clinical complement to Field and Cottrell. Journal of Family Therapy, 33(4), 389-399. doi:10.1111/j.1467-6427.2011.00547.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Annalisa Field and David Cottrell's careful and balanced summary of the current state of evidence of the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with children and adolescents is to be welcomed. They conclude that there is, despite an overall lack of good quality studies, some encouraging emerging evidence. They set out a future scenario for development in which these hopeful indications may be sufficient to convince clinicians to train and consider using EMDR in practice. That may in turn lead to more people publishing the results of their nascent practice, and greater availability of therapists would enable larger scale randomized controlled studies to be designed and carried out. In this clinical addendum I seek to complement Field and Cottrell's sense of promise by setting out ways in which EMDR has become incorporated in my systemic psychotherapy practice during the last 3 years.

Keywords: Integration  Psychotherapy  Systems  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Moses, M. D. (2003, March). Protocol for EMDR & conjoint couples therapy. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(1), 4-11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The protocol presented in this article represents an integration of EMDR with conjoint couples therapy, i.e. with both partners present. The purpose is to provide couples with an active experience utilizing EMDR for rapid and focused processing of common emotional triggers (“small t” traumas). These triggers, frequently rooted in early attachment injuries (e.g., abandonment, betrayal, rejection…), often become part of the couple’s problematic interactional systems (e.g., emotional contracts, styles of communication, and patterns of dyadic interaction).

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Mexican Association for Crisis Therapy (1998). Protocolos de trabajo: Introduccion [Work protocols]. Asociacion Mexicana para Ayuda Mental en Crisis, Mexico.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Nuestros protocolos fueron diseñados siguiendo un modelo de Psicoterapia de la Integración (Stricker & Gold, 1996) , que involucran la síntesis de conceptos y métodos tradicionales, dentro de nuevas teorías y sistemas pragmáticos de tratamiento, con el objetivo de desarrollar formas más efectivas de psicoterapia.

Our protocols were designed under a model of Psychotherapy Integration (Stricker & Gold, 1996), involving the synthesis of traditional concepts and methods within new theories and pragmatic systems of treatment, with the aim of developing more effective forms of psychotherapy.

Keywords: Protocols  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Monticelli, M. L. (2008, Novembre). Psicoterapia cognitivo costruttivista e EMDR integrati: verso un’evoluzione mente-corpo consapevole e collettiva [Cognitive constructivist EMDR integrated into development mind-body awareness and collective]. Poster presentato al Applicazioni Cliniche dell'EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I limiti mentali autoimposti acquisiti da copioni familiari reiterati in età evolutiva e da modelli operativi interiori acquisiti dalle autorità societarie attraverso mezzi di comunicazione di massa e regole educativo-lavorative, inducono percentuali sempre più rilevanti della popolazione europea alla vulnerabilità psicopatologica. L’esordio delle sintomatologie psichiche e somatiche di varia entità, avviene già in fasi precoci, nella primissima infanzia e spesso già nelle fasi prenatali, e il limite di età tende percentualmente a essere sempre più sensibile fin dal primo mese di vita. In età scolare si manifestano situazioni comportamentali quali il cosiddetto “bullismo” e fenomeni con campionature rilevanti di sindromi ipercinetiche con deficit attentivo e disturbi del-l’apprendimento. In adolescenza il contesto si complica e gli attacchi di panico, le sindromi depressive e i disturbi alimentari psicogeni dilagano, fino all’esordio di disturbi post-traumatici da stress che si incrementano in seguito alle difficili scelte di orientamento universitario o lavorativo. La vulnerabilità dell’età adulta si manifesta con disturbi somatoformi di diversa natura, disturbi psicocardiologici, sindromi ansioso-depressive, attacchi di panico, disturbi di coppia e relazionali, per citare i più frequenti e limitandomi solo ad accennare l’esistenza della molteplicità di disturbi iatrogeni. In tali soggetti, la consapevolezza di essere indotti in stati di shock che incrementano molteplici disturbi somatoformi e psicopatologici è praticamente assente. Essi, come pazienti, si rivolgono agli specialisti in ambito sanitario con la convinzione, spesso indotta da propagande dei mass-media, che tutto sia solo genetico, e vada "curato" con farmaci per lunghi periodi se non per tutta la vita. Anche da parte degli operatori sanitari vi sono ampie aree di inadeguatezza metodologica: ad esempio, la gravidanza viene gestita come fosse una malattia, riducendo la donna partoriente a una paziente alla quale troppo facilmente si “consiglia” il parto cesareo (statisticamente tra i più frequenti in Italia!) come metodo “veloce e sicuro” di parto, togliendo la competenza materna dell’imprinting alla nascita del bambino con le conseguenze psicologiche che ne derivano per la relazione madre-bambino e per la crescita serena di quest’ultimo, e, sempre a titolo esemplificativo, ignorano quasi del tutto gli aspetti di psicocardiologia, e il loro intervento si riduce a esami medici invasivi e a somministrazione di farmaci. Eppure, la psicoterapia cognitiva costruttivista, e specificamente modelli teorici e tecniche strategiche specialistiche note come EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), l’utilizzo di biofeedback, l’innovativo training emotivo-cognitivo-comportamentale da me ideato nelle due versioni per la psicoterapia e per i gruppi in formazione che incrementa il riconoscimento emotivo e l’implementazione di immagini mentali idonee a modificare cognizioni e comportamenti irrazionali, quando eticamente e competentemente applicati, fanno molto per questi pazienti, sia in quanto si incrementa sensibilmente il livello della loro consapevolezza e della loro capacità di farsi protagonisti nel-l'evoluzione positiva della loro “guarigione”, sia in quanto si può intervenire in modo mirato con sperimentati protocolli per la risoluzione dello stato di trauma psichico in tempi ragionevolmente rapidi e con risultati attendibili e verificabili. Passando dalla dimensione individuale a quella collettiva, ossia alla psicopatologia collettiva cagionata dall’esposizione (anche solo mediatica) ad eventi catastrofici o angoscianti (magari associati a senso di impotenza, insicurezza, precarietà) o a diversi tipi di stress e vulnerabilità, possiamo aggiungere che, analogamente, mediante un lavoro su sistemi di neuroni specchio e sull'attivazione di nuove connessioni di reti neurali con un modello operativo non invasivo, si potrebbe migliorare la condizione di intere popolazioni rispetto a disturbi che, oggettivamente, sono in continua diffusione. Sarebbe opportuno iniziare una sensibilizzazione collettiva partendo dalla formazione per livelli differenziati degli operatori educativi e sanitari, per poi estenderla alla popolazione suddividendola per fasce di età e per territori di appartenenza; purtroppo la consapevolezza non è tra le aspettative primarie di committenti rivolti solo al profitto economico. In un contesto storico-culturale dove l’etica, le relazioni umane, la cooperazione sembrano utopiche fiabe, questa è la sfida di essere una perturbatrice emotivamente orientata ad amplificare la consapevolezza attraverso un nuovo modello psicoterapeutico e formativo integrato, al quale sto lavorando da alcuni anni con risultati incoraggianti e che sarà mia premura esporre dettagliatamente durante il Congresso EMDR 2008.

The self-imposed mental limitations acquired from family scripts repeated age and developmental models inner acquired by the company operating through means of mass communication and educational and working rules, induce percentage increasing as the population of Europe vulnerability to psychopathology. The onset of symptoms of various psychological and somatic entity, is already in the early stages, in early childhood and often known during prenatal and age limit percentage tends to be more sensitive since the first month of life. Age school behavioral situations occur where the so-called "bullying" and phenomena samples relevant syndromes of attention-deficit and hyperactive disorder - learning. In adolescence the context is complicated and panic attacks, the syndromes psychogenic depression and eating disorders are rampant, until onset of post-traumatic disorders stress which increases as a result of difficult choices of university or business orientation. The vulnerability of adulthood is manifested by different types of somatoform disorders, disorders psycho, anxious-depressive syndrome, panic attacks, disorders of torque and relational to cite the most frequent is limited only to mention the existence of multiplicity of disorders iatrogenic. In these subjects, conscious of being led into a state of shock that increase multiple somatoform disorders and psychopathology is virtually absent. They, like patients, addressed to specialists in the health field with the belief, often driven by propaganda media, that everything is just genetic, and must be "cured" with drugs for long periods if not for life. Including by health workers there are large areas of inadequacy methodological: for example, pregnancy is managed as if it were a disease, reducing the woman in labor to a patient which too easily "advise" Caesarean (statistically the most frequent in Italy!) as a method of "fast and safe childbirth, removing the competence of imprinting the birth mother of the child with the psychological consequences that entailed for the mother-child and to the peaceful growth of the latter, and, also example, know little about the aspects of psycho, and their intervention reduces to invasive medical examinations and medication. Yet, cognitive psychotherapy constructivist theoretical models and specific strategic and technical specialists known as EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing), the use of biofeedback, the innovative emotional-cognitive-behavioral training which I designed in two versions for psychotherapy and groups in training that increases the emotional recognition and implementation of mental images likely to change, knowledge and irrational behavior, when ethically and competently applied, do a lot for these patients, both because it increases significantly the level of their awareness and their ability to get players in - the positive development of their "healing", both as it can intervene in a targeted manner with tested protocols for the resolution of the state of psychic trauma in the reasonably rapid and reliable and verifiable results. Moving from individual dimension to that collective, that is caused by exposure to psychopathology group (even the media) to distressing or catastrophic event (perhaps associated with the sense of powerlessness, insecurity, instability) or different types of stress and vulnerability, we can add that, similarly, through a work on systems of mirror neurons and activation of new connections of neural networks with a model operating non-invasive, it could improve the condition of entire populations than disorders that, objectively, are in constant circulation. It would be appropriate to start a collective awareness levels, starting from training differential operators' education and health, then extend it to the population divides by age and territories belonging unfortunately the awareness is not between the expectations primary principals addressed only in profit or loss. In a historical-cultural context where ethics, human relations, cooperation seem utopian fairy tales, this is the challenge of being an emotionally disturbing oriented to amplify the awareness through a new model of psychotherapy and integrated training, which I working for several years with encouraging results and that will spell out my readiness EMDR 2008 during the Congress.

Keywords: Mind-Body Awareness  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Ross, C. (2010, Septembrer/October). Psychobiology of dissociation. Plenary presented at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The session will: explain four different meanings of the word “dissociation" and clarify which ones are relevant to the psychobiology of dissociation; review the structural model of dissociation and how it unifies the dissociative disorders and PTSD; and describe examples of dissociations between declarative and procedural memory from neurology and experimental cognitive psychology. Most of the session will focus on existing and future research on the biology of dissociation from a trauma perspective. Data on hippocampal volume reduction, the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis and other biological systems will be reviewed.

Keywords: Dissociation  Plenary  Psychobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Rosen, G. M., & Davidson, G. C. (2003, July). Psychology should list empirically supported principles of change (ESPs) and not credentialed trademark therapies or other treatment packages. Behavior Modification, 27(3), 300-312. doi:10.1177/0145445503027003003.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Current systems for listing empirically supported therapies (ESTs) provide recognition to treatment packages, many of them proprietary and trademarked, without regard to the principles of change believed to account for their effectiveness. Our position is that any authoritative body representing the science and profession of psychology should work solely toward the identification of empirically supported principles of change (ESPs). As challenging as it is to take this approach, a system that lists ESPs will keep a focus on issues central to the science and practice of psychology while also insulating the profession from undue entrepreneurial influences.

Keywords: Behavior Principles  Empirically Supported  Therapy  Treatment Outcome  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Sondergaard, H. P., & Elofsson, U. (2008). Psychophysiological studies of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2(4), 282-288. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.2.4.282.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been established as an efficacious therapy for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). The working mechanism of the procedure is, however, still partly unknown. It is therefore important to explore the physiological effects of eye movements and alternative bilateral stimulation. This article describes our research on the effects of eye movements during authentic EMDR sessions of chronic PTSD in refugees with war and torture experiences and places this research in the context of other findings. The findings point to definite physiological effects of eye movements; namely a dearousal with increased finger temperature and changes in the balance between the parasympathetic and sympathetic autonomous nervous systems.

Keywords: Finger Temperature  Heart Rate Variability  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  Psychophysiology  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Sondergaard, H. P., von Scheele, B., Garpe, F., Elofsson, U., & Theorell, T. (2004, June). The psychophysiology effects of eye movement in EMDR. In symposium EMDR, biology, and the body (J. Spector, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR has in its short time of existence become an established therapy treating PTSD. The importance of the eye movement (EM) has so far been difficult to demonstrate, given that data supporting possible relationships between physiological variables and the therapeutic effect while conducting EM has not yet been recorded. Although theories have been presented, there is no data to support them. Our dismantling case study presents the first preliminary results from actual treatment studies and compares them with suggested theories. The results are based on three EMDR sessions treating a refugee diagnosed with chronic PTSD. In each session, heart rate, skin conductance, finger temptation, EMG, expiratory carbon dioxide, and oxygen saturation were recorded continuously. Our data demonstrates a strong and consistent trend toward an altered physiological state during EM. The directions of physiological change were consistent in all sessions. All alterations indicated raised activitry in the parasympatic nervous system and were thus compatible with the Stickgold hypothesis suggestion that EMDR increases processing of unprocessed traumatic memories through activation of cholinergic systems. Despite the small scale of our study, these novel and interesting findings generate a new fore further research. Our psychophysiological approach appears to be a promising path.

Keywords: Dismantling Study  Psychophysiology  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). PTSD as an information processing disorder. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Posttraumatic stress disorder is a challenging condition, as people become captured by their past experiences and have difficulty engaging with the present. At the core of this condition is the role of traumatic memories, which orientate the individual's awareness and reactivity to reminders of the instigating traumatic event. The role of traumatic events has not been fully understood and grappled with in the full range of psychopathological conditions. This has important implications for the application of EMDR as a treatment for disorders above and beyond posttraumatic stress disorder.
However, the problems with information processing in PTSD go above and beyond the fear circuitry and reactivity to traumatic memories. Individuals with PTSD also have major difficulties with their self-orientation, which is reflected in deficits in default networks, the idling systems of the brain. These changes are indicative of problems in self-registration and free-floating reflection. Dissociative symptoms may relate to these abnormalities of individuals resting states as they reflect a sense of disconnection and integration of internal states into consciousness.
Secondly, posttraumatic stress disorder is associated with major problems in dealing with neutral environmental information. This is reflected in the symptoms of difficulty with concentration and emotional numbing. The underlying neurobiology of the working memory abnormalities in posttraumatic stress disorder will be highlighted. These studies show that, in PTSD, relatively simple attentional tasks recruit neural networks normally reserved for more demanding and higher order tasks. When confronted with more demanding challenges, individuals with PTSD do not have any further capacity to allocate to processing complex environments.
Individuals with PTSD also demonstrate a problem with switching their attentional focus from an idling to active state. The data suggests that they continue to use visio-spatial networks more than language-based systems for dealing with verbal tasks. This observation is in keeping with a broad body of literature, which suggests that there are problems with the processing of verbal memory tasks in PTSD. EMDR, as a treatment, may have an advantage, as it is not so dependent on verbal representations of traumatic experiences as other treatment approaches.
Finally, an important development in the field is a better understanding of the patterns of abnormal cortical arousal that accompany the peripheral arousal abnormalities in PTSD. Quantitative EEG has given insights into the instability of the cortical neural networks. Neurotherapy represents a treatment that can further assist clinicians in the management of these patients. It is important to consider the underlying psychosomatic aspects of posttraumatic stress disorder and ensure that treatment addresses these components as well the traumatic memories. Treatment should be thought of as a staged process where the processing of traumatic memories is only one component of a disorder that impacts on a range of information processing domains.

Keywords: Information Processing  Keynote  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. St-André, E. (2007, June). PTSD secondary to Fournier's grangrene: 1-Comparison of two eye modalities, 2-Legal and ethical issues. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
G. G., a man in his mid 30s was brought to medico-legal service to assess fitness to stand trial, and criminal responsibility, after a brief appearance in court: He was charged with death threats.
G. G. was quite angry about his situation, and argumentative against health and justice systems. Physically, he was short stature, extremely lean, his body was leaning forward.
He was living alone, has a girl of thirteen, which he saw once in a while.
He was not working for few years, after two major events; he lost his garage after a huge fire (from which he escaped alive and safe), and was few months earlier, found almost dead by a neighbor. Brought to the hospital, he had more than ten surgeries in a few days, to lance many wound, as he as suffering of Fournier’s disease. He was left with his body leaning forward about 45 degrees, 4 cm thick scar around his abdomen, a severely deformed genitalia, and chronic pain. Another surgery was performed later which permitted the man to be less leaned forward.
Before those events, he wasn’t known from psychiatry. He had a life that he considered, “okay,” even though he was separated. He has his own garage, a social life. He admitted some alcohol and drugs use in the past. After the illness and the fire, he was seen more often in psychiatry. Specialists concluded from time to time to chronic adjustment disorder, and drug addiction, and oriented him to resources for his problem. No follow-up in psychiatry.
G. G. was so much in pain that he took cocaine repeatedly for few minutes’ relief.
With this story and symptoms description, severe PTSD diagnosis was made and treatment initiated accordingly, with introduction of ISRS, and later, seroquel, to decrease dissociative episode he was still experimenting. With informed consent, we had three sessions of EMI, which helped him in various ways; The nightmares decreased of 50%, after the first treatment, he was less angry and afraid of hospital and care, and was more in control of dissociative episodes. Sleep improved, so did his mood. He was eve able to go for correction of his deformed genitalia. Even though still on medication, he felt that the therapy helped him much to recover. After his discharge and end of court process, he was able to go back home. We were at the time unable to do more treatments, as he was involved in his physical rehabilitation. He had at least 2 other reconstructive surgeries.
This case allows discussion about similarities, pros and cons of EMI and EMDR, in their theories and practice. More importantly, this case raises important ethical and legal questions about adequate diagnosis and treatment of PTSF which include powerful tools as EMDR. This tool is yet relatively unknown from general population, and available mainly (in Quebec, Canada) through private facilities. From ethical standpoint, it should be more readily available – without fees – in public services.

Keywords: Case Report  Ethical Issues  Fournier's Gangrene  Legal Issues  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Lanius, U. F. (2004, September). PTSD, information processing & thalamo-coritcal dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A neurobiological model of PTSD as a neuropsychiavlc disorder that can be characterized by thalamocortical dysrhythmia is proposed. It is argued that PTSD is related to disruptions in thalamus-medicated temporal cognitive binding. The resulting lack of corticothalamic dialogue may account for flashback experiences and primary dissociation, and the resulting inability to integrate the totality of what is happening into personal memory and identity. The presentation will discuss recent neuroscience research with regard to the effects of traumatic stress on brain functioning that is integrated with Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing Model.

Keywords: Thalamo-Coritcal Dialogue  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Lanius, U. F. (2005, September). PTSD, Information processing and thalamo-cortrical dialogue. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The presentation integrates recent findings in neuroscience and the neurobiology of traumatic stress and proposes a theoretical model to account for EMDR treatment effects. It reviews relevant basic neuroscience studies and theories with regard to learning, memory and information processing. Participants will increase the understanding of possible underlying neurobiological processes with regard to both PTSD and EMDR treatment and be able to integrate Shapiro's Adaptive Information Processing Model with current theory and research in the field of neuroscience.

Keywords: Information Processing  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Thalamo-Cortical Dialogue  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Pagani, M., Nardo, D., Flumeri, F., Salmaso. D., Looi, J., Sanchez-Crespo, A., Larsson, S. A., Sundin, Ö., Hogberg, G., Bejerot, S. (2009, January). PW04-01 Volumetric changes in PTSD and in a subgroup of PTSD patients not responding to EMDR psychotherapy. European Psychiatry, 24(Supplement 1), S355. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(09)70588-7.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
(1)Background: Several studies have reported limbic structures volume decrease in Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). However, in PTSD the effect of therapy on brain structures has seldom been investigated. The aim of the study was to evaluate the grey matter (GM) loss in occupational related PTSD and to assess the volumetric differences between patients responding (R) and non-responding (NR) to psychotherapy. (2)Methods: Pre-EMDR MRI data of 21 train drives who did develop PTSD (S) and 22 who did not develop PTSD (NS) after person-under-the-train accidents were compared. Within S further comparisons were made between 10 R to Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy and 5 NR. Data were analysed by optimised voxel-based morphometry as implemented in Statistical Parametric Mapping. (3)Results: As compared to NS, S showed a significant GM volume reduction in precuneus, lingual gyrus, posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. The R>NR comparison highlighted a significant GM reduction in NR in bilateral posterior cingulate, left middle frontal cortex and right parahippocampal, insular and temporal cortices. (4)Conclusions: Comparing two large groups of subjects significant GM volumetric reductions were found in PTSD in posterior limbic structures. NR showed, as compared to R, volume reduction in cortical structures including posterior cingulate and parahippocampal cortex. These latter two structures seem to be the hallmark for both PTSD diagnosis and therapy outcome prediction.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polyvagal theory provides a plausible explanation for the covariation between psychiatric and behavioral disorders and the atypical regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System (ANS). Porges himself associated this phenomenon with the failed maturation of the ventrovagal circuit, as well as with the child’s failure to learn the ability to modulate the so-­‐called “vagal break” which keeps the heart-­‐rate low and inhibits the influence of the SNS, allowing the modulation of the facial and head muscles and, therefore, the social engagement function, often impaired in psychiatric pathologies. From a psychotherapy standpoint, Porges’ finding that the maturation of the ventrovagal circuit and of its associated braking function occurs ontogenetically later than that of other ANS branches (last months of pregnancy and first year of life) and that a good relation with the caregiver is essential for its development is of significant importance. In this dyad – with the cortical-­‐bulbar pathway, sufficiently myelinated at birth, regulating face and head muscles and allowing signals exchange with the caregiver – children learn to confront their internal states and the environment as well as regulate their emotions, regulating an adaptive neuroception with the consequent possibility of a good social involvement. This focus on the first year of life and the caregiver – child dyad, in terms of time and place for the construction of biologically based behaviors common to all human beings, paves the way, as anticipated by Porges himself, for new possible intervention models in psychotherapy directly acting on the missed or impaired steps in this first phase of the psycho-­‐physiological development process, without disregarding its psychobiological quality. Clinical Application Since I believe that the inter-­‐brain perspective is the most efficient not only for the etiological explanation but especially for the restoration of relational impairments occurred during brain-­‐brain interactions, I chose eye contact (EC), because, according to several scholars, it is a privileged communication channel, in particular between mother and child. Several scholars agree that all forms of psychopathology share a failure in emotional regulation, which can be mostly traced back to the failure in the child-­‐ caregiver adaptive tuning and therefore to the impairment of their inter-­‐brain communication. An intervention on the EC shifts the therapy focus on this dysregulation to restore its functions. The EMDR AIP approach relies on the brain adaptive processing ability. EMDR has proved, in appropriate conditions (good therapeutic alliance, client stabilization, compliance with the EMDR protocol), our brain can repair traumatic injuries, i.e., reacquire and use information dysfunctionally stored after a trauma. Successful use of EMDR on target not directly traceable to a traumatic event (e.g., defenses, chronic pain, etc.) allows for the possibility to use this processing tool in increasingly broad fields and refines its resources. Thanks to its three-­‐pronged approach to dysfunctionally stored information in the brain (EMDR works on the cognitive, emotional and somatic level), the inter-­‐brain quality of its scope (the therapeutic alliance is part of the healing process) and for its focus on the present (EMDR works on the present, i.e., on the current and active components of the pathogenetic memory, bypassing all mediations and interpretation), EMDR seemed the most appropriate therapeutic tool to intervene on the EC dysregulation found in several psychiatric pathologies. Conclusion An EMDR protocol for the exploration and modulation of the EC is proposed. This protocol proved particularly useful with depressed or severely dissociative clients. After making clients aware of their difficulty in maintaining the EC, they are retrained to use this contact first on objects, then on animals (excellent mediators of a primitive form of social contact) until they are able to achieve eye contact with the therapist. During this training, clients are encouraged to become aware of their body sensations, emotions and beliefs, and the positive ones are installed with BLS. Memories of relational situations where clients identify an impaired EC are identified and these are targeted with the standard protocol. The focus then shifts to present and future situations. The regulation purpose of this protocol affects the application mode: interventions must never be dysregulating, therapists must proceed slowly. Clients must be rigorously kept within their window of tolerance, must be trained to recognize it and able of staying within its boundaries with respect to the microregulation of the EC.

La teoría polivagal de Porges proporciona una explicación plausible para la covariación entre los trastornos psiquiátricos comportamentales y la regulación atípica del sistema nervioso autónomo (ANS). El propio Porgues asoció este fenómeno con el fallo de maduración del circuito ventrovagal, por tanto el niño falla al aprender una habilidad también llamada “bloqueo vagal”, que mantiene la tasa cardiaca baja e inhibe la influencia del SNS, permitiendo la modulación de los músculos faciales y la cabeza, y por tanto, la función optima del compromiso social, a menudo emparejada con patologías psiquíatricas. Partiendo desde un punto de vista psicoterapéutico, Porges encontró que la maduración del circuito ventrovagal y su asociación con la función de frenado ocurre ontogenéticamente después que otras ramas del sistema nervioso autónomo (Los últimos meses del embarazo y los primeros años de vida) y que una buena relación con el cuidador es esencial para su desarrollo es significativamente importante. En esta línea – con vía córtico-­‐bulbar, lo suficientemente mielinizada en el nacimiento, regulando los músculos de la cara y la cabeza y permitiendo señales de intercambio con el cuidador-­‐ Los niños aprenden a estar cómodos con sus estados internos y con un ambiente que también regula sus emociones, regular una neurorecepción con la consecuente posibilidad de una buena integración social. Centrándonos en el primer año de vida del niño y el cuidador – La pareja de niños, en términos de tiempo y lugar para la construcción biológica fundamentada y basada en todos los seres humanos, allana el camino, como anticipó Porges, para nuevos modelos de intervención en psicoterapia, actuando directamente con el paso perdido o afectado de esta primera fase del proceso de desarrollo psicofisiológico, sin tener en cuenta su calidad psicobiológica. Aplicación Clínica. Desde que creó que la perspectiva del cerebro interior, continúa siendo la más eficiente no solo para desarrollar explicaciones etiológicas, también para la restauración de los desajustes relacionados ocurridos durante las interacciones cerebro-­‐cerebro. Escogí contacto visual (ECE), porque, de acuerdo con numerosos investigadores, es un privilegiado canal de comunicación, particularmente eficaz entre una madre y su hijo. Numerosos profesionales afirman que todas las formas de psicopatología comparten una fallo en la regulación emocional, que solo puede crear un error en el la comunicación interna del cerebro. Esta intervención en el EC modifica la terapia y la centra en la desregulación y la restauración de funciones. El enfoque EMDR SPIA está basado en la habilidad de procesamiento de la información relevante, EMDR ha sido probado en condiciones idóneas (buena alianza terapéutica, estabilización de la queja del cliente disgustado con el EMDR.).

Keywords: Installation Protocol  Regulated Eye Contact Activation  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Descilo, T. (1999). Relieving the traumatic aspects of death with traumatic incident reduction and EMDR. In C. Figley (Ed.), The Traumatology of Grieving: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Treatment Foundations. (pp.57-71). London: Taylor & Francis.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In our Western culture, death is a taboo subject. Perhaps because of our technologically advanced state, we’ve lost sight of some of our basic humanity - this lack of sight includes fully preparing our families for the inevitability of death and our unwillingness to patiently listen to our loved ones and friends when they are burdened with the pain of loss. Consequently, we are less prepared to cope with death and do not have adequate support systems. On both counts, death of a loved one can result in symptoms, which are associated with traumatic stress. Chapter 9 offers an extensive overview of two approaches which have proven effective in relieving the symptoms associated with traumatic stress - Traumatic Incident Reduction and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. While full training is highly recommended for competency in both approaches, the reader will gain an understanding of the value of these approaches in helping those who are suffering from traumatic stress symptoms following the loss of a loved one.

Keywords: Death  Traumatic Incident Reduction  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Madrid, A., Skolek, S., & Shapiro, F. (2007). Repairing maternal-infant bonding failures. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 131-145). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents an inside view of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) narrated by a client who was requested to tell her story to educate clinicians and clients so that others might be healed. The client's vivid account of her emotional history, along with the description of various memories targeted in treatment and the results of her processing sessions, provide an illustration of the therapy. Her emotional upheaval and adult relationships are a reflection of the cauldron of abuse, deceit, and chaos intrinsic to her family of origin. As indicated by the Adaptive Information Processing model, her symptoms were largely the result of the earlier negative experiences from childhood that were dysfunctionally stored in her brain. These memories had inherent within them the emotions and perspectives that generated her negative sense of self and inability to function happily in the world. The processing of the memories of these early events resulted in accelerated learning and a concomitant transmutation of her personal identity and self-efficacy. An addendum to the case by Kaslow elucidates the family systems perspective. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Asthma  Attachment  Attachment Behavior  Attachment Disorders  Bonding Problems  Bonding Failure  Maternal-Infant Bonding  Mother-Infant Bonding  Mother Child Relations  Mothers  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Greyber, L., Dulmus, C. N., & Cristalli, M. E. (2009, October). A review of EMDR intervention studies with children. Poster presented at Society for Psychotherapy Research European Conference, Bolanzo, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dating back to 1987, Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) is a comprehensive treatment approach theoretically founded in cognitive, behavior, experiential, hypnotic, systems, and psychodynamic therapies. Although the use of EMDR with adults has received much attention throughout the past two decades, research is lacking in the area of randomized controlled trials testing the efficacy and effectiveness of EMDR with children. This presentation reviews all EMDR randomized controlled trial studies conducted with children from 1998 to 2008 and summarizes outcomes, methodological approaches and limitations, as well as recommendations for future research. Research indicates that EMDR may be a promising treatment for children experiencing PTSD symptoms, or other residual traumatic effects from distressing occurrences. Although promising, research warrants more RCTs with a higher level of methodological rigor in order to test the effectiveness and efficacy of EMDR with children. The clinical utility of EMDR implemented with children is questionable until further research ensures that the benefits to children greatly outweigh risks.

Keywords: Children  Poster  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Chang, S. H. (2007, September). Role of EM and stimulus valence presentation order in the return of fear: Possible implications for the therapeutic mechanism. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association Conference, Dallas, Texas. (NSC 93-2413-H-002-002-).

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research background & aims: This study examined possible therapeutic mechanisms of eye movements in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1989, 1995, 2001) in terms of exposure and information processing model. While exposure model contended process of extinction and response habituation, Stickgold (2002) proposed that sleep induced change in associative memory via activation of weak association during REM state and EM functioned as REM sleep to integrate the episodic memory of trauma into general semantic memory. In this study, the effect of EM compared to that of Exposure-Only (non-EM) on process measures of SUDs, ratings of cockroach phobia across sessions, along with outcome measures were examined. Specifically, the degree of return of fear and response habituation was explored. Methods: Thirty-six college students with cockroach phobias were recruited as participants and invited after informed consent for 4 1-week interval treatment sessions and a 1 month follow-up session. The instruments for outcome measures included Cockroach Phobia Questionnaire, fear ratings of cockroach slides, FSS, STAI-S, BDI, short form of SCL-90, the Revised Thought-Action Fusion Questionnaire, White Bear Suppression Inventory, and cognitive tasks for measuring strength of associations. The SUDs, credibility and therapeutic relationship rating, and physiological measures such as HR, HRV, EOG, served as process measures. Due to space limitations, the results of cognitive task and physiological measures were reported elsewhere. The participants were randomly assigned to one of the four groups: EM condition (EM vs. Non-EM exposure only) × block order of cockroach theme presentation (negative cognition first vs. positive cognition first). A 2 (EM condition) × 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time: pre-assessment and post-assessment for each of the 4 sessions plus 1 month follow-up assessment) mixed factorial design was performed, with time serving as within Ss factor and the other two variables serving as between Ss factors. There were 20 trials in each therapeutic session. The duration of each trial was 30s for both the EM and Exposure-Only conditions. Results: After preliminary analyses for group differences on pretreatment variables, credibility-relationship ratings, and outcome variables were explored, the 2 (EM condition) × 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time) ANOVA on SUDs showed that the main effects of time and EM were both significant (p < .001 and p < .034). Subsequently, two 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time) ANOVAs were performed for EM condition and Exposure-Only condition, respectively. The results showed that for EM condition, only time effect was significant (p < .006); while for Exposure-Only condition, there were a significant time effect (p < .001) and an approaching significant valence presentation order effect (p < .065), with the SUDs being higher in negative cognition presented first condition compared to positive cognition presented first condition; whereas the effect was not significant for the EM condition. Using trend analyses and inspection of time effect showed that significant within session SUDs reduction for Exposure-Only conditions. Notwithstanding, the pairwise comparisons for the 9 time points indicated salient phenomena of return of fear among several of the 5 sessions for this condition when comparing the pre-assessment of each session with post-assessment of its previous session. Whereas for EM condition the return of fear between sessions was small and the trend analysis showed a reduction with linear trend. Conclusions & Discussion: Compared to Exposure-Only, EM resulted in less degree of sufferings while participants encountering negative theme which in turn might facilitate further processing of negative memory. In addition, EM might add something beyond the mechanism of pure exposure. The less return of fear indicating that information processing in addition to response inhibition might take place between sessions. The results echoed Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model and Stickgold’s REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model, suggesting that EM in EMDR might reflect a shift in associative memory systems by activating different strength of associations of negative semantic nodes for different semantically related words. Given that previous research showed that EM decreased emotionality and also generate greater amount of associations for negative stimuli, the implications of the present results from theoretical and therapeutic point of views and future research possibilities are discussed.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  REM-Sleep Dependent Memory Reprocessing Model  Saccadic Eye Movement  Semantic Association  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Chang, S. H. (2009). Role of EM and stimulus valence presentation order in the return of fear: Possible implications for the therapeutic mechanism. National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Research background & aims: This study examined possible therapeutic mechanisms of eye movements in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Shapiro, 1989, 1995, 2001) in terms of exposure and information processing model. While exposure model contended process of extinction and response habituation, Stickgold (2002) proposed that sleep induced change in associative memory via activation of weak association during REM state and EM functioned as REM sleep to integrate the episodic memory of trauma into general semantic memory. In this study, the effect of EM compared to that of Exposure-Only (non-EM) on process measures of SUDs, ratings of cockroach phobia across sessions, along with outcome measures were examined. Specifically, the degree of return of fear and response habituation was explored. Methods: Thirty-six college students with cockroach phobias were recruited as participants and invited after informed consent for 4 1-week interval treatment sessions and a 1 month follow-up session. The instruments for outcome measures included Cockroach Phobia Questionnaire, fear ratings of cockroach slides, FSS, STAI-S, BDI, short form of SCL-90, the Revised Thought-Action Fusion Questionnaire, White Bear Suppression Inventory, and cognitive tasks for measuring strength of associations. The SUDs, credibility and therapeutic relationship rating, and physiological measures such as HR, HRV, EOG, served as process measures. Due to space limitations, the results of cognitive task and physiological measures were reported elsewhere. The participants were randomly assigned to one of the four groups: EM condition (EM vs. Non-EM exposure only) × block order of cockroach theme presentation (negative cognition first vs. positive cognition first). A 2 (EM condition) × 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time: pre-assessment and post-assessment for each of the 4 sessions plus 1 month follow-up assessment) mixed factorial design was performed, with time serving as within Ss factor and the other two variables serving as between Ss factors. There were 20 trials in each therapeutic session. The duration of each trial was 30s for both the EM and Exposure-Only conditions. Results: After preliminary analyses for group differences on pretreatment variables, credibility-relationship ratings, and outcome variables were explored, the 2 (EM condition) × 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time) ANOVA on SUDs showed that the main effects of time and EM were both significant (p < .001 and p < .034). Subsequently, two 2 (order of valence presentation) × 9 (time) ANOVAs were performed for EM condition and Exposure-Only condition, respectively. The results showed that for EM condition, only time effect was significant (p < .006); while for Exposure-Only condition, there were a significant time effect (p < .001) and an approaching significant valence presentation order effect (p < .065), with the SUDs being higher in negative cognition presented first condition compared to positive cognition presented first condition; whereas the effect was not significant for the EM condition. Using trend analyses and inspection of time effect showed that significant within session SUDs reduction for Exposure-Only conditions. Notwithstanding, the pairwise comparisons for the 9 time points indicated salient phenomena of return of fear among several of the 5 sessions for this condition when comparing the pre-assessment of each session with post-assessment of its previous session. Whereas for EM condition the return of fear between sessions was small and the trend analysis showed a reduction with linear trend. Conclusions & Discussion: Compared to Exposure-Only, EM resulted in less degree of sufferings while participants encountering negative theme which in turn might facilitate further processing of negative memory. In addition, EM might add something beyond the mechanism of pure exposure. The less return of fear indicating that information processing in addition to response inhibition might take place between sessions. The results echoed Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model and Stickgold’s REM-sleep dependent memory reprocessing model, suggesting that EM in EMDR might reflect a shift in associative memory systems by activating different strength of associations of negative semantic nodes for different semantically related words. Given that previous research showed that EM decreased emotionality and also generate greater amount of associations for negative stimuli, the implications of the present results from theoretical and therapeutic point of views and future research possibilities are discussed.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Model  REM-Sleep Dependent Memory Reprocessing Model  Saccadic Eye Movement  Sematic Association  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Vogelmann-Sine, S. L. (1993, October). The role of EMDR in crisis intervention. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL. Rush University.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a procedure capable of assisting with MPD patients by defusing acute distress associated with current crises. In order to benefit from EMDR without risking retraumatization, the diagnosis of MPD needs to be established and consent obtained from the system as a whole. The systems needs to agree that a decrease in distress is a desirable treatment outcome.
In treating MPD, crises may arise before the system has been fully mapped. EMDR amy be cautiously used in this situation by 1) asking the entire system to listen, 2) explaining the procedure, 3) asking for any parts, know to the therapist or unknown, who disagress to let their concerns be known or they will have to be construed to have consented. The relief provided by the successful defusing of the crisis tends to increase confidence in the therapist and encourage others to alters to reveal themselves.
Several case examples will be presented illustrating the application of EMDR to crisis intervention with MPD patients. Preliminary data from case examples indicate that (1) clients report lasting relief from distress associated with current crisis; (2) clients report relief even though distress levels did not reach zero; (3) EMDR for crisis intervention is a cost-effective procedure for reducing the frequency of hospitalizations by managing crises in an outpatient basis.

Keywords: Dissociation  Multiple Personality States  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Stickgold, R. (1998, September). Sleep, memory, PTSD and EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(3), 16.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Several lines of evidence suggest that EMDR may help in the treatment of PTSD by activating memory processing systems normally activated during REM sleep but dysfunctional in the PTSD patient.

Keywords: Memory  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PSTD  Sleep  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Norcross, J. (2003, August). Sociopolitical and psychohistorical factors in acknowledging the effectiveness of EMDR. Presentation at the 111th annual meeting of the American Psycholgical Association, Toronto, Ontario, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been mired in intense controversy since its inception. Initial claims of its efficacy were probably exaggerated, but many researchers continue to outright dismiss its positive outcome data. Indeed, the ongoing debate over the effectiveness of EMDR recapitulates the developmental history of validating many psychotherapy systems. This presentation reviews sociopolitical considerations in interpreting and acknowledging the outcome research on EMDR. These considerations include paradigm strain, early restrictions on EMDR training, the timing of controlled research vis a vis clinical applications, initial failure to place EMDR into existing theories, its application to disorders beyond trauma, and the use of ?eye movements? in its title. Dispassionate reviews generally find the clinical results of EMDR with PTSD to be equivalent to exposure methods in fewer sessions, but the research community has failed to embrace these conclusions. Needed are critical openness to new psychotherapies, familiarity with the published data, and a responsibility to evaluate the effectiveness of any therapeutic innovation.

Keywords: Effectiveness  

Accuracy Verified: No

179. Norcross, J. (2002, June). The sociopolitical context of EMDR research: can't we all just get along (or at least look at the data)?. In L. Beutler, Discussant, EMDR research and its future: Ecological validity, process research, component analysis, outcome findings, and sociopolitical context. Panel discussion at the (SPR)Society for Psychotherapy Research, International Conference, Santa Barbara, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has been mired in intense controversy since its inception. Initial claims of its efficacy were probably exaggerated, but many researchers continue to outright dismiss its positive outcome data. Indeed, the ongoing debate over the effectiveness of EMDR recapitulates the developmental history of validating many psychotherapy systems. This presentation reviews sociopolitical considerations in interpreting and disseminating the burgeoning outcome research (16 plus controlled studies, several meta-analyses) on EMDR. These include paradigm strain, the initial restrictions on training in EMDR, the timing of controlled research vis a vis clinical applications, its application to disorders beyond trauma, and the unfortunate use of “eye movements" in its title. Dispassionate reviews generally find the clinical results of EMDR with PTSD to be equivalent to exposure methods in fewer sessions, but the psychotherapy research community has failed to embrace these conclusions.

Keywords: Exposure Therapy  Outcome Research  Panel Discussion  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Morton, B. E., & Paulsen, S. L. (1993). Stress disorders: Cortical plasticity, eye saccades, and multiple personalities. Paper presented at the University of Hawaii School of Medicine and Pacific Institute for Behavioral Medicine. Honolulu, HI.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Origin and Nature of Stress Disorders: The Defense Response occurs as part of the switch from fearful flight (Ego) to cornered, fearless fight (Id) whereby the individual attempts to obtain freedom from restraint through the violence of defensive attack. The activation of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis is part of this response. Stress Disorders are pathological states resulting in inappropriate, repeated activation of the Defense Response. They appear to be produced from a maladaptive cortical plasticity that occurred whenever the Defense Response failed to protect the organism from trauma.

Keywords: Cortical Plasticity  Defense Response  Eye Saccades  HPA  Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal  Multiple Personalities  Stress Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Pagani, M. (2008, Novembre). Sub-strato neurobiologico della sindrome da stress post-traumatico e relativo impatto funzionale e strutturale della terapia con EMDR [Neurobiological substrate of post-traumatic stress syndrome and impact on functional and structural therapy with EMDR]. Presentazione le Applicazioni Cliniche del EMDR Congresso Nazionale, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recenti studi hanno dimostrato come la sindrome da stress post-traumatico (PTSD) possa causare nel cervello cambiamenti sia strutturali che funzionali. Studi di imaging funzionale tramite tomografia ad emissione di fotone singolo (SPECT) e ad emissione di positrone (PET) hanno evidenziato significative variazioni del flusso cerebrale in pazienti con PTSD durante la rivisitazione del trauma. A questo proposito sono stati riportati aumenti e diminuzioni di flusso nell’ippocampo, nell’amigdala, nella corteccia prefrontale mediale, nel cingolo anteriore e posteriore e nella corteccia temporale. Il modello prevalente collega i sintomi del PTSD ad una mancata inibizione dell’ amigdala, iperattivata dalla sensazione di incombente minaccia, da parte della corteccia prefrontale. E’ stato anche proposto che i cambiamenti strutturali dell’ippocampo e del cingolo anteriore rivelati dalla risonanza magnetica strutturale (RM) siano causati dalla risposta neuronale allo stress. L’obiettivo delle nostre ricerche e’ stato quello di analizzare la risposta funzionale e le variazioni strutturali in due gruppi di soggetti esposti a trauma occupazionale che hanno sviluppato (S=sintomatici, n=20) o no (NS=non sintomatici, n=27) il PTSD. Una parte dei S (n=16) è stata trattata con EMDR. La diagnosi di PTSD prima e dopo la terapia è stata basata sia sui criteri del DSM-IV sia su vari test neuropsicologici mirati. La SPECT (n=47) e la RM (n=33) sono state eseguite da 3 mesi a sei anni dal trauma e la prima è stata ripetuta dopo EMDR. I sintomi sono stati provocati da uno script individualizzato che ha riportato alla memoria il trauma e durante il quale è stato iniettato il tracciante di flusso cerebrale. Le analisi eseguite hanno mostrato differenze significative tra S e NS nella risposta del flusso cerebrale allo script. Nei 33 soggetti in cui sono state eseguite sia la SPECT che la RM sono state trovate differenze significative sia funzionali che strutturali nella corteccia temporo-parietale sinistra e nell’ippocampo, regioni nelle quali gli score dei test neuropsicologici correlano significativamente con il flusso cerebrale. Nei soggetti con remissione sintomatologica dopo EMDR (R; n=11) sono state trovate rispetto ai soggetti che non hanno risposto alla terapia (NR; n=5) significative differenze di flusso in 4 aree corticali che processano funzioni deteriorate in corso di PTSD. Diminuzioni di flusso dopo la terapia sono state registrate nei R rispetto ai NR nell’ippocampo, nel giro fusiforme (corteccia parieto-occipitale) e nella corteccia visiva primaria. L’ippocampo è sede della memoria episodica ed autobiografica; il giro fusiforme processa il riconoscimento di volti, dei corpi e delle parole; la corteccia visiva primaria custodisce la memoria visiva degli eventi. La mancata inibizione e/o l’iperattività di queste regioni nel PTSD sono responsabili della rivisitazione patologica figurata e somatica dell’evento traumatico e della presenza di flashback ed immagini allucinatorie. Viceversa la corteccia frontale dorsolaterale ha mostrato un aumento di flusso nei R. Questa regione oltre ad essere deputata ad inibire nel sistema limbico la risposta patologica a stimoli che ricordano l’evento traumatico è essenziale per i processi di attenzione e del “senso di sé”, diminuiti in corso di PTSD e recuperati in seguito alla remissione della malattia. In questi soggetti la RM ha inoltre messo in evidenza il valore predittivo delle dimensioni dell’ippocampo rispetto all’efficacia della terapia con EMDR. I nostri risultati confermano il coinvolgimento della corteccia temporo-parieto-occipitale nel PTSD e sottolineano il valore delle neuroimmagini sia nello svelare gli effetti neurobiologici dell’EMDR che determinare il valore delle indagini strutturali nel predirne l’efficacia.

Recent studies have shown that the post-traumatic stress syndrome (PTSD) may result in both structural and functional brain changes. Imaging studies using functional Single photon emission tomography (SPECT) and positron emission tomography (PET) shown significant changes in cerebral blood flow in patients with PTSD during revisiting the trauma. In this regard have been reported increases and decreases in flow hippocampus, amygdala, medial prefrontal cortex, the anterior cingulate and posterior and temporal cortex. The dominant model linking the symptoms of PTSD to a no inhibition of 'amygdala hyperactivity disorder by the sense of impending threat by the prefrontal cortex. E 'was also proposed that the structural changes of the hippocampus and anterior cingulate revealed by structural magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) are caused by the response neuronal stress. The aim of our research and 'was to analyze the response functional and structural variations in two groups of subjects exposed to occupational trauma that have developed (S = symptomatic, n = 20) or not (NS = non-symptomatic, n = 27) PTSD. Part of S (n = 16) was treated with EMDR. The diagnosis of PTSD before and after the therapy was based on both DSM-IV has on several neuropsychological tests targeting. SPECT (n = 47) and MRI (n = 33) are were performed from 3 months to six years from the trauma and the first was repeated after EMDR. Symptoms were caused by a script individual who reported to the memory of the trauma and during which were injected with a tracer of cerebral blood flow. The analysis performed showed significant differences between S and NS in the response of flow brain to the script. In the 33 subjects in which they were performed both SPECT and MRI were found significant differences in both functional and structural temporo-parietal cortex left hippocampus, regions in which the scores of neuropsychological tests correlate significantly with the flow in the brain. In subjects with symptomatic remission after EMDR (R; n = 11) were found compared with subjects who did not respond to therapy (NR, n = 5) significant differences in flow in 4 cortical areas that process functions deteriorated in the course of PTSD. Decreases in flow after treatment were recorded in R than NR hippocampus, within fusiform (parieto-occipital cortex) and in the primary visual cortex. The hippocampus is the seat of episodic memory and autobiographical, and the processes around the fusiform recognition of faces, bodies and words, the primary visual cortex preserves the memory visual events. The non-inhibition and / or 'hyperactivity of these regions in PTSD are responsible for pathological figured revisiting the traumatic event and physical and presence of flashbacks and hallucinatory images. Contrast, the dorsolateral frontal cortex has showed an increase of flow in R. This region in addition to being deputies to inhibit the system limbic response to pathological stimuli that recall the traumatic event is essential for processes of attention and the "sense of self, decreased in the course of PTSD and recovered following remission. In these subjects, MRI has also highlighted the predictive value the size of the hippocampus compared the efficacy of EMDR therapy. Our results confirm the involvement of the temporo-parietal-occipital cortex in PTSD and emphasize the value of neuroimaging in revealing both the neurobiological effects of EMDR that determine the value of the structural surveys in predicting effectiveness.

Keywords: Neurobiology  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Pagani, M., Lorenzo, Gd., Verardo, A., Nicolais, G., Monaco, L., Niolu, C., Fernandez, I., & Siracusano, A. (2012, March-April). Substrato neurobiologico della terapia con EMDR [Neurobiological correlates of EMDR therapy]. Rivista di Psichiatria,47(2 Supp 1):16S-18S. doi: 10.1708/1071.11734.

Language: Italian

Format: Journal

Abstract:
I EEG in un gruppo di dieci soggetti con grave trauma psicologico trattati con EMDR e in dieci controlli sono stati registrati sia durante l'ascolto del racconto autobiografico del trauma indice (script) e nel corso di una intera sessione EMDR. Gli EEG sono stati eseguiti nuovamente durante l'ultima sessione di EMDR quando i pazienti erano liberi da sintomi. Durante l'ascolto uno script di attivazione prevalente delle regioni limbiche corrispondenti alla corteccia prefrontale e orbitofrontale è stato registrato, essere spiegato come l'eccitazione emotiva durante trauma rivivere nella fase sintomatica. La diminuzione significativa di tali attivazioni durante la fase tardiva asintomatica rappresenta il correlato neurobiologico del recupero. Inoltre, l'evidenza di una significativa attivazione corticale nelle aree temporo-parieto-occipitale, durante l'ultima sessione, suggerisce uno switch del segnale elettrico dominante verso aree corticali con funzione prevalente cognitiva.

The EEGs in a group of ten subjects with major psychological trauma treated with EMDR and in ten controls have been registered both during the listening of the autobiographical narrative of the index trauma (script) and during a whole EMDR session. The EEGs have been performed again during the last EMDR session when patients were free of symptoms. During script listening a prevalent activation of the limbic regions corresponding to prefrontal and orbitofrontal cortex has been registered, being explained as the emotional arousal during trauma reliving at the symptomatic phase. The significant decrease of such activations during the late asymptomatic phase represents the neurobiological correlate of recovery. Moreover, the evidence of significant cortical activation in the parietal-temporo-occipital areas, during the last session, suggests a switch of the dominant electrical signal towards cortical areas with a prevalent cognitive function.

Keywords: Neurobiology  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Foreningen EMDR Sverige. (2009). Synpunkter akutstressyndrom och PTSD [EMDR Sweden Association comments acute stress syndrome and PTSD]. In Foreningen EMDR Sverige, Inkomna synpunkter, Nationella riktlinjer för depressionssjukdom och ångestsyndrom preliminär, (pp. 163-164). Denmark: Riksforeningen Psykoterapi Centrum.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Föreningen EMDR Sverige vill lämna följande kommentarer till utkastet till riktlinjer avseende behandling av akut stressyndrom och posttraumatiskt stressyndrom. International Society for Traumatic Stress studies gör regelbundet sammanställningar av evidensläget [1]. Det är viktigt att beakta att psykologiska behandlingsformer i form av traumafokuserad KBT och EMDR är de viktigaste och mest effektiva behandlingar. EMDR har varit kontroversiell men är det inte längre, utan är en internationellt accepterad behandlingsmetod för PTSD. Det är fortfarande inte allmänt accepterad att ögonrörelser har betydelse, men nyligen har svensk och australisk forskning visat att ögonrörelser under EMDR har tydliga fysiologiska effekter som är meningsfulla [2, 9], dessutom har alla studier av fysiologi vid EMDR hittills samstämmande visat dessa effekter, enligt en litteratursammanställning [3]. Under senaste åren har forskning om minnesfunktion och sakkadiska ögonrörelser visat att minnessystem som till exempel episodminne (som ofta är störd vid PTSD) påverkas på ett gynnsamt sätt av ögonrörelser [4-8]. Således finns det i dag mycket som stödjer att ögonrörelser är meningsfulla även om det kan vara svårt att förstå vid första anblicken. EMDR och exponeringsbehandling är lika effektiva enligt metastudier, bland annat Cochrane och i ISTSS aktuella genomgång av effektiva behandlingsmetoder för PTSD. Referenser 1. Foa E, Keane TM, Friedman MJ & Cohen JA. 2009. Effective Treatments for PTSD Practice Guidelines from the International Society fro Traumatic Stress Studies. Guilford,New York. 2. Elofsson, U.O., et al., Physiological correlates of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Journal of anxiety disorders, 2008. 22(4): p. 622-34. 3. Söndergaard, E., Psychophysiological studies of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2008. 2(4): p. 282-288. 4. Stickgold, R., EMDR: A putative neurobiological mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 2002. 58(1): p. 61-75. 5. Parker, A. and N. Dagnall, Effects of bilateral eye movements on gist based false recognition in the DRM paradigm. Brain and cognition, 2007. 63(3): p. 221-5. 6. Parker, A., S. Relph, and N. Dagnall, Effects of bilateral eye movements on the retrieval of item, associative, and contextual information. Neuropsychology, 2008. 22(1): p. 136-45.

EMDR Association of Sweden makes the following comments to Draft Guidelines for the treatment of acute stress disorder and post-traumatic stress disorder. International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies makes regular summaries of evidence-mode [1]. It is important to note that psychological treatments in the form of trauma-focused CBT and EMDR is the most important and most effective treatments. EMDR has been controversial but it is no longer, but is an internationally accepted method of treatment for PTSD. There is still no generally accepted that eye movements are important, but lately, Swedish and Australian research has shown that eye movements during EMDR has clear physiological effects that are meaningful [2, 9], Moreover, all studies of physiology at the convergence of EMDR to date shown these effects, according to a literature review [3]. In recent years, research on memory function and Sakka wash eye movements showed that memory systems, such as episodic memory (which is often is disturbed in PTSD) is affected in a favorable way of eye movements [4-8]. Thus today there are a lot of support that eye movements are meaningful although it may be difficult to understand at first glance. EMDR and exposure therapy are as effective as meta-studies, including Cochrane and in ISTSS current review of effective treatments for PTSD. References 1st Foa E, Keane TM, Friedman MJ & Cohen JA. 2009th Effective Treatments for PTSD Practice Guidelines from the International Society fro Traumatic Stress Studies. Guilford, New York. 2nd Elofsson, UO, et al., Physiological correlator of eye movement desensitization and Reprocessing. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 2008. 22 (4): p. 622-34. 3rd Sondergaard, E., Psychophysiological studies of EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 2008. 2 (4): p. 282-288. 4th Gold Stick, R., EMDR: A putative neuro Biological mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 2002. 58 (1): p. 61-75. 5th Parker, A. and N. Dagnall, Effects of bilateral eye movements on GIST-based false recognition in the DRM paradigm. Brain and Cognition, 2007th 63 (3): p. 221-5. 6th Parker, A., S. Relph, and N. Dagnall, Effects of bilateral eye movements On the retrieval of item, associative, and contextual information. Neuro-Psychology, 2008. 22 (1): p. 136-45.

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder  ASD  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Meignant, I. (2012, April). The systemic EMDR approach: Healing the couple. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Combining Mony Elkaim's Reciprocal Double Bind Systemic Model with the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) model is a new perspective for couple therapy. This combination of approaches can be used to develop an EMDR treatment plan that incorporates and respects the relational systems, e.g., spouses and intimate partners, parent/child, employer/employee. In this presentation, participants will learn how and when it is appropriate to work with the one member of a couple as a co-therapist; how individual safe places can be applied to develop a safe place for the couple, both during the session and at home; how to develop a systemic EMDR targeting plan, guided by the understanding of the Reciprocal Double Bind, and finally, how to apply the 8 phases EMDR protocol to couple work, based on a Systemic Model.
Learning objectives: 1.Evaluate when to use EMDR in couple therapy session 2.Be able to do the installation of EMDR safe place as a resource for the couple 3.Understand how to use the systemic model, reciprocal double bind, to find the individual targets that are involved in the couple’s current issues and presenting problems. 4.Learn to apply the specifications of each of the 8 phases EMDR protocol with a couple.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Bartolomeo, A. (2011, Settembre). Terapia sistemica individuale e EMDR [Individual systemic therapy and EMDR]. Presentazione ad uno Convegno Scuola Mara Selvini Palazzoli, Milano, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Keywords: Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Iglesias, E. (2000, June 16). Terapias para fortalercer el yo interno [Therapies to strengthen the inner self]. Miami, FL:  El Nuevo Herald, Final, Galeria, 8C.

Language: Spanish

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
La neurolingüística y el EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, por sus siglas en inglés) son dos sistemas terapeúticos que se utilizan para reprogramar a las personas.

Neurolinguistics and EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, for short) are two therapeutic systems that are used to reprogram people.

Keywords: General  Overview  Miami  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Lipke, H. (1995, June). Theoretical understanding of EMDR:  Examples from treatment of veterans. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The rapidity and thoroughness of EMDR therapeutic effectiveness, compared to more traditional methods of psychotherapy, calls for a general reconceptualization of the field. As EMDR and, perhaps, other new methods continue to demonstrate what Francine Shapiro has referred to as "accelerated information processing" these new therapeutic effects will undoubtedly become better understood. In an initial effort to systematically integrate EMDR with other methods of treatment, the following four categories of psychotherapeutic activity are proposed: 1. Accessing of present associative networks - the bringing forward of information (distressing, dysfunctional, comforting, adaptive, etc.) already stored in both procedural and non-procedural systems. 2. Introduction of new information - the teaching of facts and skills, which form new or add to old associative networks. 3. Inhibition of information accessing - the tuming of attention away from dysfunctional information, with the goal of decreasing arousal, such as with relaxation training. 4. Facilitation of the processing of information - abstract activity that makes it more likely information networks will connect in an adaptive way, leading to the dissipation of unwarranted negative emotion and the attainment of adaptive understanding. Methods of psychotherapy may be distinguished by the ways in which they use or don't use activities in each of these categories. EMDR like other methods can be so distinguished. While the proposed categorization system can be used to clarify the differences and similarities among the various methods of psychotherapy, more relevantly to clinical practice, this conceptualization may promote more efficient intervention choices when progress during therapy sessions has slowed or stopped. Examples of the theoretical and clinical value of the proposed model are offered, especially in the treatment of combat related psychological trauma.

Keywords: Veterans  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Dellucci, H. (2010, Novembre). Thérapie EMDR et troubles dissociatifs [EMDR and dissociative disorders]. Presentation a la Pré-programme du colloque: Second séminaire Universitaire de recherche sur les dimensions intégratives dans la thérapie EMDR, Universite Paul Verlaine - METZ, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
La dissociation c’est… définition Definition du DSM-IV-TR (APA 2000): « une rupture des fonctions habituellement intégrées de la conscience, de la mémoire, de l’identité ou de la perception de l’environnement » Ne contient pas d’éléments somatoformes, comme des fonctions de contrôle moteur ou de sensations physiques Moreau de Tours (1845): dissociation comme un phénomène de désagrégation psychique Pierre Janet (1907): « …une maladie de la synthèse personnelle. » « Une forme de dépression mentale caractérisée par la rétraction du champ de la conscience et une tendance à la dissociation et à l’émancipation des systèmes d’idées et des fonctions que constitue la personnalité. » 19e siècle: concepts de dissociation de la personnalité et dissociation de conscience sont utilisés conjointement Van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele (2006): il s’agit d’un « manque d’intégration parmi deux ou plusieurs sous-systèmes psychobiologiques de la personnalité, comme système entier, ces sous-systèmes endossant chacun au moins un sens de Soi rudimentaire. » [Extrait]

The separation is ... Definition Definition of DSM-IV-TR (APA 2000), "a breakdown in the usually integrated functions of consciousness, memory, identity or perception of the environment" Do not contain any somatoform, as functions of motor control or physical sensations Moreau de Tours (1845): dissociation as a phenomenon of psychic disintegration  Pierre Janet (1907): "... a disease of personal synthesis. "" A form of mental depression characterized by retraction of the field of consciousness and a tendency to dissociation and emancipation of the systems of ideas and functions that constitute personality. " 19th century concepts of dissociation of the personality and dissociation of consciousness are used in conjunction Van der Hart, Nijenhuis & Steele (2006): This is a" lack of integration among two or more subsystems psychobiological personality, as the entire system, these subsystems endorsing each at least a rudimentary sense of self. "[Excerpt]

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders  Research  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Robinson, N. S. (2001). Time-line EMDR. EMDRIA Newsletter, 6(3), 4-5.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
We often find clients who are not satisfied with their life situation, are underfunctioning, or have negative thoughts/ cognitions about themselves. These issues persist in spite of successful lives or significant amounts of therapy. Trauma concerns are either non-existent or resolved. Existing EMDR techniques such as Resource Development and Installation (Deborah Korn, Andrew Leeds), Performance Enhancement (Lendl & Foster, 1997) or doing a “float back” can be tried with these clients. RDI can strengthen clients and increase their ability to cope. Performance protocol can help them improve functioning with mental rehearsals. The float back technique can put them in touch with affect and accompanying bodily sensations which can help identify blocking beliefs or identify early events still impacting current difficulties. These techniques have not always been sufficient for some of my clients. I have turned to my family systems training in order to expand my clinical resources. Family systems reminds us that negative and positive messages, beliefs, loyalties and ways of being are passed down through generations and have a farreaching impact on each of us. I have developed a time-line technique that allows me to use EMDR to tap into historical and cultural sources to help clients clear through blockages as well as discover new personal resources.

Keywords: Genograms  Time-Line  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Knudsen, N. J., & LaForte, J. (2000, September). Towards an accelerated differentiation of self:  EMDR and Bowen theory. Presentatiom at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participant will: 1) develop a working knowledge of the main concepts of Murray Bowen's theory of family systems - diffentiation of self, multi-generational transmission process, triangles, and family emotional field; 2) be able to identify the appropriate use of EMDR in the family of original based treatment; and 3) have the basis to apply key concepts and therapeutic interventions to their own clients.

Keywords: Bowen Theory  Theory of Family Systems  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Albermann, E. M. (2007, September). Trauma - therapie energetisch u. integrativ, EP, EMDR, EMI und hynotherapie [Trauma therapy - Energetic and integrative, EP, EMDR, EMI and hynotherapy]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Ersten Europäischer Kongress für Energie-Psychologie und Psychotherapie, Heidelberg, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traumatherapie – energetisch, integrativ und modern: Energetische Psychologie, EMDR, EMI (Eye Movement Integration) und systemische Hypnotherapie bieten in ihrer Kombination eine einzigartige Möglichkeit, Traumata zu integrieren. Dazu kommen noch neue Möglichkeiten mit Biofeedback am Computer in Form von Spielen und ansprechenden Rückmeldemöglichkeiten über die Balance der autonomen Körpersysteme, die Patienten und Therapeuten auch spielerisch selbst einsetzen können. Ein paar Vorschläge auf diesem spannenden Feld soll dieser Workshop aufzeigen in einer Kombination von Theorie, praktischen Übungen, gemeinsamer Diskussion und Demonstration.

Trauma therapy - energetic, inclusive and modern: energy psychology, EMDR, EMI (Eye Movement Integration) and systemic hypnotherapy when combining a unique opportunity to integrate trauma. In addition, there are new opportunities with biofeedback on the computer in the form of games and use feedback attractive opportunities over the balance of the autonomous body systems, patients and therapists also play themselves. A few suggestions in this exciting field, this workshop is to show a combination of theory, practical exercises, joint discussion and demonstration.

Keywords: EMI  Energy Psychology  Hypnotherapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Samardzic, D. (2010, August). Trauma and the body: The somatic experience in psychotherapy. John F. Kennedy University, Pleasant Hill, CA.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
According to recent neuroscience research, psychological trauma disrupts homeostasis and can negatively affect various organs and biological systems (Solomon & Heide, 2005). Somatic therapy addresses the physiological elements of the trauma by focusing on the body, which, in turn, helps individuals cognitively and emotionally process trauma (Ogden & Minton, 2000; Levine, 1997). This qualitative study aimed to explore the experience of 5 participants who underwent ongoing somatic therapy in the treatment of symptoms associated with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The results revealed twelve common essential elements among all the participants that illustrated their experience prior to and during the somatic therapeutic process. Some of the elements identified included: presence of severe trauma history of emotional, physical, and/or sexual abuse; failure to treat PTSD symptoms prior to somatic therapy; manifestation of PTSD in physical symptoms and/or illness; increasing awareness of body allowed access to trauma; newfound knowledge and tools gained in helping to manage triggers; and gaining a sense of physical and psychological freedom. Three additional essential elements were found that were not shared by all or most of the participants, which included: EMDR as unsuccessful in treating PTSD symptoms; healing through artistic expression; and ineffectiveness of psychotropic medication in the treatment of PTSD. A process was identified in which a non-verbal bodily experience became a verbal, intellectual, or cognitive experience. In addition, seven characteristics were identified within the transformative process of improving PTSD symptoms occurring during the somatic therapy. According to the participants’ reports, somatic therapy not only decreased their PTSD symptoms, but the process had a significant positive impact on the quality of their lives. This study’s findings highlight the potential of somatic therapy to help those dealing with the effects of psychological trauma.

Keywords: Body  Biological Systems  Somatic Therapy  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Unfried, N. (2003). Trauma und entwicklung: Physiologische und biologische veränderungen nach frühen kindlichen traumata und deren behandlungsmöglichkeit [Trauma and development: Physiologic and biologic variations after early infant traumatisations and attendance of them]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin (ZPPM), 1(3), 59-71.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Behandlung psychotraumatischer belastungsstörungen mit EMDR
Die Entwicklung des Kindes ist heutzutage als Prozess zu verstehen. Ein Kind ist dementsprechend zu jedem Zeitpunkt seiner Entwicklung "reif", einschließlich seines intrauterinen Lebens, d.h. es verfügt über die für die jeweilige Zeit notwenige Ausstattung. Von Beginn an erfolgt dieses mehr oder weniger störanfällige Geschehen mit anderen im aktiven intra- und interagierenden informativen, energetischen und stofflichen Austausch. An diesem Entwicklungsprozess nimmt der gesamte Körper, jede Zelle, einschließlich des Gehirns als Organ der sensomotorischen und psychophysischen Verarbeitung teil. Die Stressreaktion und Stress auf bewältigbarem Niveau hilft dem Kind kritische Phasen zu überstehen (Hüther, 1999). Jedoch führt nicht bewältigbarer Stress zu tiefgreifenden Veränderungen funktionell bis strukturell, wenn der Organismus keine neue Lösungsmöglichkeit findet. Mehrere Autoren belegen, dass traumatische Erlebnisse Veränderungen im limbischen System und Cortex zeigen können (Hüther, 1999; van den Kolk, 1998; Roth, 1998). Bei unkontrolliertem Stress (frühzeitig) kommt es zur Daueraktivierung der Amygdala und über die Amygdala zur Aktivierung mehrerer Systeme, unter anderem auch der Hypothalamus-Hypophysen-Nebennieren- Achse mit einem Ausschütten von Stresshormonen. Diese Daueraktivierung löst körperlich die Notfallreaktion im Sinne einer Schockreaktion aus, gleichzeitig führt sie zur Störung der Einspeicherung von Informationen in den Hippocampus. Die imaginativ-methodische Herangehensweise scheint für frühtraumatisierte Kinder und Jugendliche eine Möglichkeit zu sein, die dissoziierten Anteile der traumatischen Szene abzurufen und somit einen Weg zur Integration zu finden. Die therapeutische Beziehung ermöglicht das Wiedererleben der Schmerzen, der Angst, aber auch die Beendigung der traumatischen Situation. Es konnte gezeigt werden, wie die triggerabhängigen Projektionen bei den Kindern endeten und Veränderungen der Persönlichkeitsentwicklung nachweisbar waren. Der Erfahrungsbericht stellt ein vorläufiges Ergebnis dar.

Psychosocial treatment of traumatic stress disorders with EMDR
Children’s development is now understood as a process. Balance and imbalance are said to alternate with one another, and impaired functioning is to be seen as an inducement for further development. Even the early organism has the opportunity of finding a new level of organisation. Right from the beginning, this process, which is susceptible to disruption to a greater or lesser extent, takes place with others in an intra- and interactive exchange of energy and material. This developmental process involves the entire body, every cell, including the brain as the organ of sensomotoric and psychophysical processing. The stress reaction and stress at a manageable level help the child to survive critical periods (Hüther, 1999). However, stress that is not manageable leads to far-reaching changes, in both functional and structural terms, unless the organism finds new solutions. There are sensitive stages during prenatal development that give the brain a high degree of adaptability; however, they also make the embryo, foetus and young infant receptive for disruptive or even hostile influences can lead to changes in the limbic system and the cortex (Hüther 1999; van den Kolk 1998; Roth, 1998). In the event of (early) uncontrolled stress, the amygdala becomes permanently activated, and via the amygdala, several systems are also activated, including the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, by the secretion of stress hormones. This permanent activation triggers a physical emergency reaction in the sense of a shock reaction and at the same time leads to a disruption of the storage of information in the hippocampus. The imaginative approach to be a way for children and adolescents with early traumas to recall the dissociated parts of the traumatic scene and hence to find a way of integrating them. The therapeutic relationship allows the pain and fear to be reenacted, but also enables the traumatic situation to be brought to a close. It was able to be shown how the trigger-dependent projections stopped in the children, and changes in personality development were able to be observed. The report presents preliminary results.

Keywords: Attachment  Chidlren  Biologic Variations  Psysiologic Variations  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Schore, A. (2000, September). Traumatic attachment and the development of the right brain. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) how a history of early abuse and/or neglect induces severe attachment pathology in infants and toddlers; 2) the deleterious effects of early abuse and neglect on the development of right brain coping systems, specifically focusing on the impairment of the maturation of higher right coritcal interconnections into the hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal axis and the sympthomedullary axis; and 3) a developmental psychoneurobiological model of dissociation.

Keywords: Attachment  Dissociation  Right Brain  Trauma  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Wesselmann, D. (2005, September). Treating attachment issues through EMDR and a family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR and Family Systems Theory offer different but complimentary approaches to improving quality of attachment relationships. The presentation will provide a clinical understanding of the similarities between EMDR, famlly systems, and attachment theory models and an ovewiew of the combined treatment approach. Participants will learn to identify possible precursors to attachment problems within the family that may be useful as targets for EMDR processing, and specific family therapy strategies that will help interrupt negative feedback loops. Participants will learn to utilize parents in EMDR treatment and incorporate the narrative method as an adjunct to EMDR.

Keywords: Attachment Theory  Family Systems Theory  Narrative Method  Negative Feedback Loop  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Wesselmann, D. (2007). Treating attachment Issues through EMDR and a family systems approach. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp.113-130). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The difficult behaviors exhibited by children who meet the criteria for a diagnosis of Reactive Attachment Disorder (American Psychiatric Association, 1994) can be challenging to both parents and professionals. Utilizing the point of view of three models--attachment, Adaptive Information Processing, and family systems--can enhance the clinician's understanding of attachment-related symptoms. Although the models hold shared views, each brings an additional piece of the puzzle to case conceptualization and treatment planning. Family systems therapy and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy are different but complementary approaches to improving attachment relationships. Some general treatment strategies combining a family systems approach with an EMDR approach that are helpful in working with families affected by disturbed parent-child attachments are presented here. Case examples and a concluding discussion complete the chapter. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing  AIP  Attachment  Attachment Disorders  Cognitive Processes  Family Systems Approach  Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  RAD  Reactive Attachment Disorder  Treatment Strategies  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Lawson, C. A. (2004). Treating the borderline mother:  Integrating EMDR with a family systems perspective. In M. M. McFarlane (Ed.), Family treatment of personality disorders: Advances in clinical practice (pp. 305-334).  New York:  Haworth Clinical Practice Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Describes the features borderline personality disorders (BPD) in mothers and the impact it can have the family, then describes the treatment model, which combines Bowen's family systems theory with eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR). Following illustrative case material, the author discusses the treatment model's strengths and limitations, benefits for the family, indications and contraindications, management of transference issues, management of crises and acting-out behavior, integration with psychiatric services and the role of medication, and cultural and gender issues. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Borderline Personality Disorder  Bowen's Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  Mothers  Treatment Model  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Ford, J. D. (2009). Treatment of children and adolescents with traumatic stress disorders. In J. D. Ford's (Ed.) Posttraumatic Stress Disorder: Scientific And Professional Dimensions (pp. 223-250). New York: Academia Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Excerpt: Practice guidelines for the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with posttraumatic stress disorders (PTSD) were first developed by an expert panel convened more than a decade ago by Cohen and the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry Work Group on Quality Issues (1998). Since the release of that seminal set of practice guidelines, substantial additional validation has been provided in scientific studies of the most robustly evidence-based treatment model, trauma-focused cognitive behavior therapy (TF-CBT; Cohen et al., 2006, 2008). Other approaches to the treatment of children and adolescents with PTSD have been sufficiently clinically or scientifically tested to be included as actually or potentially evidence-based (Saxe et al., 2007b; Vickerman and Margolin, 2007) in the recent second edition of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) Practice Guidelines, Effective Treatments for PTSD (Foa et al., 2008). These include eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR; Spates et al., 2008), school-based cognitive behavior therapies (Jaycox et al., 2008), psychodynamic therapies (Lieberman et al., 2008), creative arts therapies (Goodman et al., 2008) and psychopharmacotherapy (treatment with therapeutic medications; Donnelly, 2008). Family systems therapies were included in the ISTSS Practice Guidelines only for adults, but promising approaches for family therapy with children with PTSD have been developed (Ford and Saltzman, 2009).

Chapter Outline • Evidence-Based and Empirically-Informed Psychotherapy Models for Children with PTSD • Trauma focused-cognitive behavior therapy (TF-CBT) • Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR; Spates et al., 2008) • Cognitive behavior therapy in schools (Jaycox et al., 2008) • Psychodynamic therapies (Lieberman et al., 2008) • Creative arts therapies (Goodman et al., 2008) • Family systems therapies (Ford and Saltzman, 2009) • Affective and interpersonal regulation therapies (Ford and Cloitre, 2009) • Psychopharmacotherapy (Connor and Fraleigh, 2008; Donnelly, 2008) • Integrative psychotherapy and pharmacotherapy models • Real World Challenges in Treating Children with PTSD • Conclusion

Keywords: Adolescents  Children  Traumatic Stress Disorders  

Accuracy Verified: No

199. van der Kolk, B. A., Hopper, J., Spinazzola, J., Blaustein, M., Hopper, E., & Simpson, W. (2003, October/November). Treatment outcome of fluoxetine vs. EMDR in PTSD. Symposium conducted (B. A. van der Kolk, Chair) at the 19th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treatment Outcome Studies of PTSD: This symposium presents three large carefully controlled treatment outcome studies using four different treatment modalities (CBT, EMDR, psychopharmacology and Cognitive Processing) and presents data on comparative efficacy, treatment responsiveness and resistance, effects on comorbidity, quality of life, and biological changes that accompany symptom improvement.

Treatment outcome of fluoxetine vs. EMDR in PTSD: This NIMH funded study compared the efficacy of two widely different treatment approaches for treating patients with PTSD: fluoxetine, which acts directly on biological systems (N=30), and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (N=30). There also was a pill placebo control group (N=30). We assessed subjects with a multi-modal biological and psychological assessment, in order to determine whether treatment efficacy is associated with changes: 1) social adjustment, 2) psychophysiological reactivity to personalized trauma scripts (heart rate and skin conductance), and 3) basal salivary cortisol. We also tracked the stability of symptom change for nine months following the cessation of active treatment. Preliminary results suggest that at the end of 8 weeks of treatment, there is a 30% improvement in the pill placebo condition, while both active treatments demonstrate additional symptom improvement, with EMDR being most effective for the treatment of acute PTSD, and Prozac for subjects with prolonged childhood histories of trauma. Clinically significant improvement in CAPS scores is accompanied by an increase in basal cortisol and improvement in social and occupational functioning. We will also present data on the differential rates of symptom change in the different PTSD symptom clusters between the two treatment groups during the nine months of follow- up after cessation of the acute treatment phase.

Keywords: Fluoxetine  Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. McFarlane, A. (2010, June). Understanding traumatic stress reactions - The linking of phenomenology, aetiology and treatment plan. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
One of the most intriguing aspects of traumatic stress has been the repeated learning and forgetting of lessons about its importance as a cause of psychopathology. It remains the case that the broader body of psychiatry and psychology has an ambivalent relationship with the field of traumatic stress and the nature of posttraumatic stress disorder. The origins of this ambivalence and their impact will be discussed. It is important that practitioners in the field of traumatic stress be aware of these barriers and how to address them in a research setting and clinical practice.
The underlying phenomenology of posttraumatic stress disorder will be explored and its neurobiological origins will be highlighted. It is important to deconstruct posttraumatic stress disorder into the different symptom components, as they have substantially different mechanisms underpinning their intensity and presentation. Posttraumatic stress disorder is a dynamic condition in which symptoms fluctuate with time and are substantially influenced by the environmental demands placed upon the individual.
It is often forgotten that somatic symptoms are a core element of the experience of individuals with PTSD. The nature of these somatic dimensions of distress and their significance will be discussed.
The epidemiology of posttraumatic stress disorder highlights how the prevalence of these conditions is seemingly increasing. However, this reflects the developments in the measurement of the effects of trauma in research settings. This has major implications for clinicians as to how best take a history about exposures to traumatic events. The evidence is that systematic investigation is critical and that unless questions are asked, symptoms will frequently go unreported. Recent evidence suggests that PTSD may be in fact more common than major depressive disorders. Equally, it should not be forgotten that depression is an important dimension of posttraumatic reactions. There is also an associated comorbidity with substance abuse. The risks associated with trauma exposure have a long tale of effect and these will be described.
The challenges of treatment will be discussed in the context of early intervention and workplace intervention. Treatment needs to be a sequential process where there are a variety of strategies, including EMDR, which can be used in treatment. The sequence of these strategies in treatment is a challenging question that has not been systematically addressed in research.
It remains the case that one of the primary issues in treatment is early identification, and this raises questions about the importance of screening in at-risk populations. Again, there are significant differences in opinion; however, the militaries around the world are now regularly screening populations returning from deployment. A recent novel approach to considering the issues of treatment is whether a staging approach should be used for conditions such as PTSD.
In summary, it is critical that clinicians have an explicit model of the mind and its neurobiology. Posttraumatic stress disorder can best be understood as an information processing disorder, which both impacts upon an individual's ability to engage with their day to day environment as well as integrate past experiences as a source of information to influence current behaviour. The integration and modulation of neural systems that manage environmental input is critical to adaptive functioning. The ways that these systems become dysregulated in PTSD will be highlighted and how these underlying deficits can be addressed in treatment will be focused upon.
A further issue that needs to be considered in the treatment of PTSD is the long-term risk of individuals, who have developed this condition, to have relapses after a successful intervention. Some long-term treatment outcome data will be presented.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder  PTSD  Traumatic Stress  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Shellenberger, S. (2007). Use of the genogram with families for assessment and treatment. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 76-94). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In this chapter, the use of the genogram is highlighted as a tool for couple or family assessment, to determine therapeutic options, and to intervene. Typical symbols used and questions asked for the purpose of building the genogram are described. Several cases are presented, the first of which illustrates the intertwining of assessment and intervention in couple's therapy. The second case presents the challenge of interviewing and drawing a genogram of a family where there are multiple partners, children by different partners, and complex relationship dynamics. The third case shows both the biological and adoptive families of one adult. In the portrayal of the cases, points of referral for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy are noted. Adaptations of the traditional genogram, including socially constructed genograms, projective genograms, and community genograms, are discussed along with limitations of the genogram technique. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Couple Assessment  Family  Family Assessment  Family Systems Theory  Family Therapy  Genogram  Psychotherapeutic Techniques  Therapeutic Options  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. North, T. C. (1999). Uses of EMDR with high performance issues: Classic and modified protocols. Symposium conducted at the annual conference of the Association of the Advancement of Applied Sport Psychology, Banff, Alberta, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a psychotherapy and sport psychology technique that allows fears and traumas to be resolved and belief systems reframed at both the conscious and unconscious levels. This presentation will introduce a framework for when and how to combine work at the conscious level using cognitive behavioral techniques and in-depth techniques that work with the unconscious mind like EMDR. The preliminary and intervention phases of a high performance sport psychology framework will be discussed. The preliminary phase defines the athletes concerns. It includes a performance assessment of mental, physical, and technical aspects of performance. The assessment information is used to outline intervention goals and build rapport with the athlete. Interventions have two paths. One is cognitive behavioral; the second is working with the preconscious or unconscious mind to resolve fears or traumas and reframe belief systems. In the first path, the intervention systematically progresses, using cognitive behavioral techniques, until either the performance blocks are resolved, or the desired changes do not occur. In the case of the latter, the second (deeper) path is suggested. For those who are not, suggestions for collaborating with an individual trained in EMDR will be provided.

Keywords: Athletes  Performance Issues  Symposium  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Schwartz, M. F., Galperin, L. D., Schwartz, R. C., & Brown, D. (2003, November). Utilizing internal family systems therapy for dissociative reenactment. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Dissociation Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Dissociative Reenactment  Family Systems Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Schmuldt, L. M., Gentile, T. I., Bluemlein, J. S., Fitch III, J. C., & Sterner, W. R. (2013). The war within: One soldier's experience, several clinician's perspectives. Journal of Military and Government Counseling, 1(1), 2-18.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Soldiers returning from deployment are presenting with a plethora of serious mental health challenges, including depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress disorder, sleep disturbances, and substance abuse issues. This paper will describe the journey of one soldier following his deployment to Iraq and the difficulties he faced during reintegration. Clinicians representing five approaches – dialectical behavior therapy (DBT), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), group systems theory, and motivational interviewing (MI) will provide perspectives on the development of traumatic response symptomology, as well as suggestions for understanding and treating the soldier profiled in the case study.

Keywords: DBT  Dialectical Behavior Therapy  Group Development  Mental Health  Military  Motivational Interviewing  Soldier  

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Nutting, R. W. (1996, June). Working with couples:  The use of EMDR in relationship counseling. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
It is well recognised that child abuse can result in Post Traumatic Stress Disorder in a developing child. One of the outcomes of trauma is the development of irrational, self-denigrating cognitions or beliefs which helps that child survive and protects (that child) from further damage. However, these cognitions can become the overriding beliefs driving behaviour well into adulthood, this providing the basis for much adult behaviour, including behaviour in relationships. Some individuals find relationships traumatic and have difficulty coping with them. If their experience of childhood relationships was traumatic, then entering into any relationship can trigger emotions associated with the earlier trauma. In working with couples over a long period of time it has been found that it is the negative self-referencing cognitions held by one or both (usually both) partners that are responsible for much of the disagreement and dysfunction occurring with the relationship. At first it is the positive interaction between the two belief systems that unites the couple, but it is this same interaction that later becomes negative and eventually causes conflict typically one to two years following marriage. Once the negative cognitions have been identified, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been shown to be successful in being able to resolve the original traumas and to transform negative cognitions into more positive self-referencing cognitions as well as assist in the assimilation of more positive beliefs within each individual, thus producing changed behaviours and a resolution of some major relationship issues. EMDR can be used to empower individuals in a relationship to create the major shifts necessary to enable them to increase the possibility of a more functional relationship.

Keywords: Couples Therapy  

Accuracy Verified: Yes